Deprecated: The each() function is deprecated. This message will be suppressed on further calls in /home/zhenxiangba/zhenxiangba.com/public_html/phproxy-improved-master/index.php on line 456
JP6977358B2 - Liquid injection device, color measurement method and drive method of liquid injection device - Google Patents
[go: Go Back, main page]

JP6977358B2 - Liquid injection device, color measurement method and drive method of liquid injection device - Google Patents

Liquid injection device, color measurement method and drive method of liquid injection device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6977358B2
JP6977358B2 JP2017142276A JP2017142276A JP6977358B2 JP 6977358 B2 JP6977358 B2 JP 6977358B2 JP 2017142276 A JP2017142276 A JP 2017142276A JP 2017142276 A JP2017142276 A JP 2017142276A JP 6977358 B2 JP6977358 B2 JP 6977358B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
unit
measured
color
light
color measurement
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2017142276A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2018052107A (en
Inventor
真子 福田
政史 金井
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Seiko Epson Corp
Original Assignee
Seiko Epson Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Seiko Epson Corp filed Critical Seiko Epson Corp
Priority to CN201710846562.1A priority Critical patent/CN107867065B/en
Priority to US15/714,582 priority patent/US10406819B2/en
Publication of JP2018052107A publication Critical patent/JP2018052107A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6977358B2 publication Critical patent/JP6977358B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Ink Jet (AREA)
  • Common Mechanisms (AREA)
  • Color, Gradation (AREA)
  • Spectrometry And Color Measurement (AREA)

Description

本発明は、媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、媒体に着弾した液体を測色する測色部と、を具備する液体噴射装置、測色方法及び液体噴射装置の駆動方法に関し、特にインクジェット式記録装置、測色方法及びインクジェット式記録装置の駆動方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid injection device, a color measurement method, and a method for driving the liquid injection device, which comprises a liquid injection head for injecting a liquid into a medium and a color measuring unit for measuring the color of the liquid landing on the medium. The present invention relates to a type recording device, a color measuring method, and a driving method of an inkjet recording device.

液体噴射装置の代表例であるインクジェット式記録装置では、印刷を行う媒体の特性や、インクを吐出する記録ヘッドの特性などによって、印刷された色の再現性にばらつきが生じる。このため、インクジェット式記録装置に基準色のパッチを印刷させて、記録装置に具備された測色装置によってパッチを測色することにより、パッチの測色値と、基準色の標準色空間における表色値との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成する。そして、入力された画像データを測色値から生成した色変換情報に基づいて変換して印刷を実行することで、色の再現性の高い印刷を行うものが提案されている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。 In an inkjet recording device, which is a typical example of a liquid injection device, the reproducibility of printed colors varies depending on the characteristics of the printing medium and the characteristics of the recording head that ejects ink. Therefore, by printing the patch of the standard color on the inkjet recording device and measuring the color of the patch by the color measuring device provided in the recording device, the color measurement value of the patch and the table in the standard color space of the standard color are displayed. Generates color conversion information based on the difference from the color value. Then, it has been proposed to perform printing with high color reproducibility by converting the input image data based on the color conversion information generated from the colorimetric value and executing printing (for example, Patent Document). See 1).

特開2013−228370号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-228370

このとき、種類の異なる媒体毎に色の再現性が異なるため、種類の異なる媒体毎に測色する必要がある。しかしながら、種類の異なる媒体は厚さにばらつきがあるため、高精度に測色することができないという問題がある。 At this time, since the color reproducibility is different for each different type of medium, it is necessary to measure the color for each different type of medium. However, since different types of media have variations in thickness, there is a problem that color measurement cannot be performed with high accuracy.

このため、特許文献1のように、測色後に測色装置の媒体に対する位置から測色結果を補正する場合、測色結果の精度が低くなってしまうという問題がある。 Therefore, as in Patent Document 1, when the color measurement result is corrected from the position of the color measurement device with respect to the medium after the color measurement, there is a problem that the accuracy of the color measurement result is lowered.

なお、このような問題は、インクジェット式記録装置だけではなく、インク以外の液体を噴射する液体噴射装置においても同様に存在する。 It should be noted that such a problem exists not only in the inkjet recording device but also in the liquid injection device that injects a liquid other than ink.

本発明はこのような事情に鑑み、高精度な測色を行うことができる測色装置を具備した液体噴射装置、測色方法及び液体噴射装置の駆動方法を提供することを目的とする。 In view of such circumstances, it is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid injection device, a color measurement method, and a method for driving a liquid injection device, which are equipped with a color measurement device capable of performing highly accurate color measurement.

上記課題を解決する本発明の態様は、媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、前記媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射された光を前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射させた反射光を受光する受光部と、を有し、前記被測定面の測色を行う測色部と、前記投光部から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光の前記媒体上の反射位置を変更させる変更部と、前記変更部において変更された前記反射位置で前記受光部が受光し前記測色部が測色した前記被測定面の測色データのうち明度が最も高い測色データを測色した前記反射位置を測色位置に設定する制御部と、を具備することを特徴とする液体噴射装置にある。
かかる態様では、明度の最も高い反射位置を測色位置として測色を行うことができるため、高精度な測色を行うことができる。
Aspects of the present invention for solving the above problems include a liquid injection head that injects liquid into a medium, a light projecting unit that irradiates the surface to be measured of the medium with light, and the medium that emits light emitted from the light projecting unit. It has a light receiving unit that receives the reflected light reflected by the surface to be measured, and the color measuring unit that measures the color of the surface to be measured coincides with the central axis of the light beam emitted from the projected surface. The color measurement data of the surface to be measured, which is a change unit that changes the reflection position of the light to be reflected on the medium, and the light receiving unit receives light at the reflection position changed in the change unit and the color measurement unit measures the color. The liquid injection device is characterized by comprising a control unit for setting the reflection position at which the color measurement data having the highest brightness is measured at the color measurement position.
In such an embodiment, since the color measurement can be performed with the reflection position having the highest brightness as the color measurement position, highly accurate color measurement can be performed.

ここで、前記制御部は、前記変更部を制御して前記媒体の前記被測定面とは反対面側を支持する支持部材の表面で反射した光を前記受光部が受光した際の前記測色部が測色した測色データの明度が最も高い位置を基準位置に設定し、前記基準位置と前記測色位置とに基づいて、前記媒体の厚さを取得することが好ましい。これによれば、測色部を用いて媒体の厚さを測定することができるため、媒体の厚さを測定するセンサー等が不要となって、コストを低減することができると共に小型化を図ることができる。 Here, the control unit controls the change unit to measure the color when the light receiving unit receives the light reflected on the surface of the support member that supports the surface of the medium opposite to the surface to be measured. It is preferable to set the position where the brightness of the color measurement data measured by the unit is the highest as the reference position, and acquire the thickness of the medium based on the reference position and the color measurement position. According to this, since the thickness of the medium can be measured by using the color measuring unit, a sensor or the like for measuring the thickness of the medium becomes unnecessary, the cost can be reduced, and the size can be reduced. be able to.

また、前記制御部は、前記媒体の厚さと、前記測色部が前記測色位置で測色した前記媒体の前記液体が着弾されていない非着弾領域の測色結果と、に基づいて、前記媒体を特定することが好ましい。これによれば、媒体の厚さと媒体の非着弾領域の測色結果に基づいて媒体を特定することで、媒体に最適な印刷設定を行うことができ、印刷品質を向上することができる。 Further, the control unit is based on the thickness of the medium and the color measurement result of the non-landing region where the liquid of the medium measured by the color measurement unit at the color measurement position is not landed. It is preferable to specify the medium. According to this, by specifying the medium based on the thickness of the medium and the color measurement result of the non-landing region of the medium, the optimum print setting for the medium can be set and the print quality can be improved.

また、前記変更部は、前記媒体の前記被測定面の法線方向における前記測色部と前記媒体との間隔を変更するものであることが好ましい。これによれば、媒体の被測定面の法線方向における測色部と媒体との間隔を変更することで容易に反射位置を変更することができる。 Further, it is preferable that the changing unit changes the distance between the color measuring unit and the medium in the normal direction of the surface to be measured of the medium. According to this, the reflection position can be easily changed by changing the distance between the color measuring unit and the medium in the normal direction of the surface to be measured of the medium.

さらに、本発明の他の態様は、媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、前記媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射された光を前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射させた反射光を受光する受光部と、を有し、前記被測定面の測色を行う測色部と、前記投光部から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光の前記被測定面上の反射位置を変更させる変更部と、前記変更部において変更された前記反射位置で前記測色部が測色した測色データのうち明度が最も高い測色データを測色した前記反射位置と、予め設定された基準の位置との差に基づいて測色位置を設定する制御部と、を具備することを特徴とする液体噴射装置にある。
かかる態様では、明度の最も高い反射位置を測色位置として測色を行うことができるため、高精度な測色を行うことができる。また、媒体の厚さにばらつきがあっても、最も高い反射位置と予め設定された基準の位置との差に基づいて測色位置を設定することで、高い精度で測色することができる。
Further, in another aspect of the present invention, a liquid injection head that injects liquid into the medium, a light projecting unit that irradiates the surface to be measured of the medium with light, and light emitted from the light projecting unit of the medium. It has a light receiving unit that receives the reflected light reflected by the surface to be measured, and coincides with the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit and the color measuring unit that measures the color of the surface to be measured. The color measurement data having the highest brightness is measured among the color measurement data measured by the color measurement unit at the change unit that changes the reflection position of the light on the surface to be measured and the color measurement unit at the reflection position changed in the change unit. The liquid injection device is characterized by comprising a control unit for setting a color measurement position based on a difference between the colored reflection position and a preset reference position.
In such an embodiment, since the color measurement can be performed with the reflection position having the highest brightness as the color measurement position, highly accurate color measurement can be performed. Further, even if the thickness of the medium varies, the color can be measured with high accuracy by setting the color measurement position based on the difference between the highest reflection position and the preset reference position.

また、前記変更部は、前記被測定面の面方向における前記投光部と前記受光部との間隔を変更する、または前記変更部は、前記被測定面の法線に対する前記投光部の照射角度又は前記受光部の受光角度を変更するものであることが好ましい。これによれば、被測定面の面方向における投光部と受光部との間隔を変更する、または照射角度又は受光角度を変更することで、容易に反射位置を変更することができる。 Further, the changed part changes the distance between the light emitting part and the light receiving part in the surface direction of the measured surface, or the changed part irradiates the normal line of the measured surface with the light emitting part. It is preferable to change the angle or the light receiving angle of the light receiving portion. According to this, the reflection position can be easily changed by changing the distance between the light emitting portion and the light receiving portion in the surface direction of the surface to be measured, or by changing the irradiation angle or the light receiving angle.

また、前記測色部は、前記媒体の搬送方向において、前記液体噴射ヘッドよりも上流側に設けられているのが好ましい。これによれば、液体噴射ヘッドから液体を噴射することによって発生したミストが測色部に付着するのを抑制することができる。 Further, it is preferable that the color measuring unit is provided on the upstream side of the liquid injection head in the transport direction of the medium. According to this, it is possible to suppress the mist generated by injecting the liquid from the liquid injection head from adhering to the color measuring portion.

また、前記液体噴射ヘッドと、前記測色部とが、前記媒体の搬送方向及び前記被測定面に直交する方向に移動可能に設けられたキャリッジに搭載されているのが好ましい。これによれば、測色部によって媒体の全面に亘って測色を行うことができる。また、測色部と液体噴射ヘッドとを同じキャリッジに搭載することで、部品点数を減少させてコストを低減すると共に小型化を図ることができる。 Further, it is preferable that the liquid injection head and the color measuring unit are mounted on a carriage provided so as to be movable in a transport direction of the medium and a direction orthogonal to the measured surface. According to this, the color measurement unit can measure the color over the entire surface of the medium. Further, by mounting the color measuring unit and the liquid injection head on the same carriage, the number of parts can be reduced, the cost can be reduced, and the size can be reduced.

また、前記制御部は、前記測色部が前記測色位置で測色した前記被測定面の測色値、又は前記被測定面上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換することが好ましい。これによれば、被測定面の測色値、又は被測定面に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいて高精度な色変換情報を取得することができ、色再現性を向上した印刷を実現できる。 Further, the control unit has color conversion information based on the color measurement value of the surface to be measured measured by the color measurement unit at the color measurement position or the color measurement value of the patch printed on the surface to be measured. It is preferable to color-convert the print data by. According to this, highly accurate color conversion information can be acquired based on the color measurement value of the measured surface or the color measurement value of the patch printed on the measured surface, and printing with improved color reproducibility can be performed. realizable.

さらに本発明の他の態様は、媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射された光を前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射させた反射光を受光する受光部と、を有し、前記被測定面の測色を行う測色部を具備し、前記投光部から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光の前記媒体上の反射位置を変更させて前記反射光を前記受光部で受光し、前記被測定面を測色し、変更された前記反射位置のうち、前記受光部が受光し前記測色部が測色した前記被測定面の明度が最も高い前記反射位置を測色位置として、前記測色部で測色することを特徴とする測色方法にある。
かかる態様では、明度の最も高い反射位置を測色位置として測色を行うことができるため、高精度な測色を行うことができる。
Further, in another aspect of the present invention, a light projecting unit that irradiates the surface to be measured of the medium with light and a reflected light obtained by reflecting the light emitted from the light projecting unit on the surface to be measured of the medium are received. It has a light receiving unit and a color measuring unit that measures the color of the surface to be measured, and changes the reflection position of light on the medium that coincides with the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit. The reflected light is received by the light receiving unit, the color of the surface to be measured is measured, and the brightness of the surface to be measured is measured by the light receiving unit and the color measuring unit among the changed reflection positions. The color measuring method is characterized in that the color is measured by the color measuring unit with the highest reflection position as the color measuring position.
In such an embodiment, since the color measurement can be performed with the reflection position having the highest brightness as the color measurement position, highly accurate color measurement can be performed.

さらに、本発明の他の態様は、媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、前記媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射された光を受光する受光部とを備え、前記媒体の被測定面を測色する測色部と、を備える液体噴射装置の駆動方法であって、前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを第1の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色し、前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す第2の測色値を測色し、前記第1の測色値の明度が前記第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第1の相対位置を測色位置に設定し、前記測色位置で測色した前記媒体の色又は前記媒体上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換することを特徴とする液体噴射装置の駆動方法にある。
かかる態様では、第2の測色値よりも明度が高い第1測色値を測色する第1の相対位置を測色位置として測色を行うことで高精度な測色を行うことができる。また、第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置との少なくとも2つの相対位置で測色を行えば良いため、測色時間を短縮することができる。
Further, in another aspect of the present invention, a liquid injection head that injects a liquid into the medium, a light projecting unit that irradiates the surface to be measured of the medium with light, and a light projecting unit that is irradiated from the light projecting unit to measure the medium. It is a driving method of a liquid injection device including a light receiving unit that receives light reflected by a surface and a color measuring unit that measures the surface to be measured of the medium, wherein the light emitting unit and the light receiving unit are provided. And the medium are set to the first relative position, the light emitted from the light projecting unit and reflected by the measured surface of the medium is received by the light receiving unit, and the brightness of the measured surface of the medium is measured. The first color measurement value including the indicated value is measured, the light emitting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium are set to a second relative position different from the first relative position, and the light emitting unit is used. The light received by the light receiving portion of the medium and reflected by the surface to be measured is received by the light receiving unit, a second color measurement value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured of the medium is measured, and the first color measurement value is measured. When the lightness of the light is higher than the lightness of the second color measurement value, the first relative position is set to the color measurement position, and the color of the medium measured at the color measurement position or on the medium is displayed. A method of driving a liquid injection device, which comprises color-converting print data by color conversion information based on a color measurement value of a printed patch.
In such an embodiment, high-precision color measurement can be performed by performing color measurement with the first relative position for measuring the color of the first color measurement value having a higher brightness than the second color measurement value as the color measurement position. .. Further, since the color measurement may be performed at at least two relative positions of the first relative position and the second relative position, the color measurement time can be shortened.

ここで、前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを、前記第1の相対位置と前記第2の相対位置とを含み前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体との相対位置がそれぞれ異なる3箇所以上の複数の相対位置に設定し、前記複数の相対位置のそれぞれにおいて、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す測色値を測色することが好ましい。これによれば、複数の相対位置で測色を行うことで、投光部から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部の受光用光学系の光軸との距離をできるだけ短くして、高い明度で測色することができ、測色精度を高めることができる。 Here, the light projecting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium are included, and the relative positions of the light emitting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium include the first relative position and the second relative position, respectively. The light is set to a plurality of relative positions at three or more different locations, and at each of the plurality of relative positions, the light emitted from the light projecting section and reflected by the measured surface of the medium is received by the light receiving section, and the medium is received. It is preferable to measure the color measurement value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured. According to this, by performing color measurement at a plurality of relative positions, the distance between the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting section and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system of the light receiving section is shortened as much as possible, and high brightness is achieved. The color can be measured with, and the color measurement accuracy can be improved.

また、前記第1の測色値の明度が、前記複数の相対位置で測色された測色値の明度のうち、最高明度であることが好ましい。これによれば、投光部から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部の受光用光学系の光軸との距離をできるだけ短くして、高い明度で測色することができ、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, it is preferable that the brightness of the first color measurement value is the highest brightness among the brightness of the color measurement values measured at the plurality of relative positions. According to this, the distance between the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting section and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system of the light receiving section can be shortened as much as possible to measure the color with high brightness, and the color measurement accuracy can be improved. Can be enhanced.

さらに、本発明の他の態様は、媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、前記媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射された光を受光する受光部とを備え、前記媒体の被測定面を測色する測色部と、を備える液体噴射装置の駆動方法であって、前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを第1の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色し、前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す第2の測色値を測色し、前記第1の測色値の明度が前記第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第1の相対位置と予め設定された基準相対位置との差に基づいて前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体との相対位置を測色位置に設定し、前記測色位置で測色した前記媒体の色又は前記媒体上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換することを特徴とする液体噴射装置の駆動方法にある。
かかる態様では、第1の相対位置における第1の測色値が第2の相対位置における第2の測色値よりも明度が高い場合に、第1の相対位置と基準相対位置との差に基づいて、投光部と受光部と媒体とを基準相対位置と同じ測色条件となる測色位置に設定して測色を行うことができるため、媒体の厚さにばらつきが生じても、測色位置では測色条件、特に、測色部の被測定面からの高さを常に同じ条件として測色することができ、高精度な測色を行うことができる。
Further, in another aspect of the present invention, a liquid injection head that injects a liquid into the medium, a light projecting unit that irradiates the surface to be measured of the medium with light, and a light projecting unit that is irradiated from the light projecting unit to measure the medium. It is a driving method of a liquid injection device including a light receiving unit that receives light reflected by a surface, a color measuring unit that measures a color of the surface to be measured of the medium, and the light emitting unit and the light receiving unit. And the medium are set to the first relative position, the light emitted from the light projecting section and reflected by the measured surface of the medium is received by the light receiving section, and the brightness of the measured surface of the medium is measured. The first colorimetric value including the indicated value is measured, the light emitting part, the light receiving part, and the medium are set to a second relative position different from the first relative position, and the light emitting part is used. The light received by the light receiving unit is received by the light receiving unit, and the second color measurement value indicating the brightness of the measurement surface of the medium is measured, and the first color measurement value is measured. When the brightness of is higher than the brightness of the second colorimetric value, the light projecting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium are based on the difference between the first relative position and the preset reference relative position. The relative position with is set to the color measurement position, and the print data is color-converted by the color conversion information based on the color of the medium measured at the color measurement position or the color measurement value of the patch printed on the medium. It is a method of driving a liquid injection device, which is characterized by the above.
In such an embodiment, when the first colorimetric value at the first relative position has a higher brightness than the second colorimetric value at the second relative position, the difference between the first relative position and the reference relative position Based on this, it is possible to perform color measurement by setting the light projecting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium to the color measurement position that has the same color measurement conditions as the reference relative position, so that even if the thickness of the medium varies, At the color measurement position, the color measurement condition, particularly the height of the color measurement unit from the surface to be measured, can always be the same condition, and high-precision color measurement can be performed.

ここで、前記第1の相対位置と前記第2の相対位置とは、前記媒体の前記被測定面の法線方向に交差する方向における前記投光部と前記受光部との間隔が異なることが好ましい。これによれば、被測定面の法線方向に交差する方向における投光部と受光部との間隔を変更することで、容易に反射位置を変更することができる。 Here, the first relative position and the second relative position may differ in the distance between the light emitting portion and the light receiving portion in a direction intersecting the normal direction of the measured surface of the medium. preferable. According to this, the reflection position can be easily changed by changing the distance between the light emitting portion and the light receiving portion in the direction intersecting the normal direction of the surface to be measured.

また、前記第1の測色値の明度が前記第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第1の相対位置での前記投光部と前記受光部との間隔と前記予め設定される基準相対位置での前記投光部と前記受光部との間隔との差から算出された距離だけ、前記測色部を前記被測定面の法線方向に移動させることが好ましい。これによれば、媒体の厚さにばらつきが生じても、測色位置では、測色部の被測定面からの高さを常に同じ条件として測色することができ、高精度な測色を行うことができる。 When the brightness of the first colorimetric value is higher than the brightness of the second colorimetric value, the distance between the light projecting portion and the light receiving portion at the first relative position and the advance. It is preferable to move the color measuring unit in the normal direction of the surface to be measured by a distance calculated from the difference between the distance between the light emitting unit and the light receiving unit at the set reference relative position. According to this, even if the thickness of the medium varies, at the color measurement position, the height from the surface to be measured of the color measurement unit can always be measured under the same conditions, and high-precision color measurement can be performed. It can be carried out.

また、前記第1の相対位置と前記第2の相対位置とは、前記被測定面の法線に対する前記投光部から照射される光束の中心軸の角度が異なることが好ましい。これによれば、照射角度又は受光角度を変更することで、容易に反射位置を変更することができる。 Further, it is preferable that the angle of the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting portion with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured is different between the first relative position and the second relative position. According to this, the reflection position can be easily changed by changing the irradiation angle or the light receiving angle.

また、前記第1の測色値の明度が前記第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第1の相対位置での前記被測定面の法線に対する前記投光部から照射される光束の中心軸の角度と前記予め設定される基準相対位置での前記被測定面の法線に対する前記投光部から照射される光束の中心軸の角度との差から算出された距離だけ、前記測色部を前記被測定面の法線方向に移動させることが好ましい。これによれば、媒体の厚さにばらつきが生じても、測色位置では、測色部の被測定面からの高さを常に同じ条件として測色することができ、高精度な測色を行うことができる。 Further, when the brightness of the first color measurement value is higher than the brightness of the second color measurement value, the light is irradiated from the light projecting portion with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured at the first relative position. Only the distance calculated from the difference between the angle of the central axis of the light flux to be measured and the angle of the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting portion with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured at the preset reference relative position. It is preferable to move the color measuring unit in the normal direction of the surface to be measured. According to this, even if the thickness of the medium varies, at the color measurement position, the height from the surface to be measured of the color measurement unit can always be measured under the same conditions, and high-precision color measurement can be performed. It can be carried out.

また、前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体の前記被測定面とは反対面側を支持する支持部材とを第3の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記支持部材の前記媒体を支持する支持面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記支持部材の前記支持面の明度を示す値を含む第3の測色値を測色し、前記投光部と前記受光部と前記支持部材とを前記第3の相対位置とは異なる第4の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記支持部材の前記支持面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記支持部材の前記支持面の明度を示す第4の測色値を測色し、前記第3の測色値の明度が前記第4の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第3の相対位置を基準位置に設定し、前記測色位置と前記基準位置との差から前記媒体の厚さを検出することが好ましい。これによれば、測色部によって媒体の厚さを検出することで、媒体の厚さを測定する他のセンサー等が別途不要となって、コストを低減することができると共に、センサーを配置するスペースも不要となって小型化を図ることができる。また、媒体の厚さを取得することで、液体噴射ヘッドと媒体との間隔であるペーパーギャップを高精度に制御することができる。 Further, the light projecting portion, the light receiving portion, and the support member supporting the surface of the medium opposite to the surface to be measured are set at a third relative position, and the support member is irradiated from the light projecting portion. The light reflected by the support surface supporting the medium is received by the light receiving unit, and a third color measurement value including a value indicating the brightness of the support surface of the support member is measured, and the light projecting unit and the above are measured. The light receiving portion and the support member are set to a fourth relative position different from the third relative position, and the light received from the light projecting portion and reflected on the support surface of the support member is received by the light receiving portion. Then, a fourth colorimetric value indicating the brightness of the support surface of the support member is measured, and when the brightness of the third colorimetric value is higher than the brightness of the fourth colorimetric value, It is preferable to set the third relative position as a reference position and detect the thickness of the medium from the difference between the color measurement position and the reference position. According to this, by detecting the thickness of the medium by the color measuring unit, another sensor or the like for measuring the thickness of the medium is not required separately, the cost can be reduced, and the sensor is arranged. Space is not required and miniaturization can be achieved. Further, by acquiring the thickness of the medium, the paper gap, which is the distance between the liquid injection head and the medium, can be controlled with high accuracy.

実施形態1に係る記録装置の概略図である。It is a schematic diagram of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る記録装置の要部平面図である。It is a main part plan view of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る記録装置の変更部を示す要部斜視図である。It is a main part perspective view which shows the changed part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る記録装置の電気的構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the electric structure of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る制御処理部の機能実現部を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the function realization part of the control processing part which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る反射位置と明度との関係を示すグラフである。It is a graph which shows the relationship between the reflection position and the brightness which concerns on Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施形態1に係る測色方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the color measurement method which concerns on Embodiment 1. 実施形態2に係る制御処理部の機能実現部を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the function realization part of the control processing part which concerns on Embodiment 2. 実施形態2に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 2. FIG. 実施形態2に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 2. FIG. 実施形態3に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 3. FIG. 実施形態3に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 3. FIG. 実施形態3に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 3. FIG. 実施形態4に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 4. FIG. 実施形態4に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 4. FIG. 実施形態4に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 4. FIG. 実施形態5に係る駆動方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the driving method which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態5に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態5に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態5に係る照度分布を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the illuminance distribution which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態5に係る照度分布を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the illuminance distribution which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態5に係る照度分布を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the illuminance distribution which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態5に係る照度分布を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the illuminance distribution which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態5に係る照度分布を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the illuminance distribution which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態5に係る照度分布を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the illuminance distribution which concerns on Embodiment 5. 実施形態6に係る駆動方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the driving method which concerns on Embodiment 6. 実施形態6に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 6. 実施形態6に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 6. 実施形態7に係る駆動方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the driving method which concerns on Embodiment 7. 実施形態7に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 7. 実施形態7に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 7. 実施形態7に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 7. 実施形態7に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 7. 実施形態8に係る駆動方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the driving method which concerns on Embodiment 8. 実施形態8に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 8. 実施形態8に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 8. 実施形態8に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 8. 実施形態8に係る記録装置の要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part of the recording apparatus which concerns on Embodiment 8.

以下に本発明を実施形態に基づいて詳細に説明する。
(実施形態1)
図1は、本発明の実施形態1に係る液体噴射装置の一例であるインクジェット式記録装置の概略構成を示す図であり、図2は、インクジェット式記録装置の要部を示す平面図であり、図3は、インクジェット式記録装置の要部を示す側面図である。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail based on the embodiments.
(Embodiment 1)
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of an inkjet recording device which is an example of the liquid injection device according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a plan view showing a main part of the inkjet recording device. FIG. 3 is a side view showing a main part of the inkjet recording device.

図示するように、インクジェット式記録装置Iは、液体としてインクを吐出するインクジェット式記録ヘッド1(以下、記録ヘッド1とも言う)を具備する。記録ヘッド1には、インク供給手段を構成するインクカートリッジ2が着脱可能に設けられている。このような記録ヘッド1は、キャリッジ3に搭載されている。 As shown in the figure, the inkjet recording device I includes an inkjet recording head 1 (hereinafter, also referred to as a recording head 1) that ejects ink as a liquid. An ink cartridge 2 constituting an ink supply means is detachably provided on the recording head 1. Such a recording head 1 is mounted on the carriage 3.

記録ヘッド1を搭載したキャリッジ3は、装置本体4に取り付けられたキャリッジ軸5に軸方向移動自在に設けられている。そして、駆動モーター6の駆動力が図示しない複数の歯車およびタイミングベルト7を介してキャリッジ3に伝達されることで、記録ヘッド1を搭載したキャリッジ3はキャリッジ軸5に沿って移動される。 The carriage 3 on which the recording head 1 is mounted is provided on the carriage shaft 5 attached to the apparatus main body 4 so as to be movable in the axial direction. Then, the driving force of the drive motor 6 is transmitted to the carriage 3 via a plurality of gears and a timing belt 7 (not shown), so that the carriage 3 equipped with the recording head 1 is moved along the carriage shaft 5.

一方、装置本体4には、媒体である記録シート100のインク滴が着弾する面、いわゆる印刷面及び被測定面101とは反対面側を支持する支持部材8が設けられている。 On the other hand, the apparatus main body 4 is provided with a support member 8 that supports a surface on which ink droplets of the recording sheet 100, which is a medium, lands, a so-called printing surface and a surface opposite to the surface to be measured 101.

また、装置本体4には、支持部材8上に記録シート100を搬送すると共に、支持部材8上で印刷や測色が行われた記録シート100を支持部材8上から搬送する搬送手段が設けられている。本実施形態では、搬送手段として、支持部材8を挟んだ位置に第1搬送手段9aと第2搬送手段9bとを設けるようにした。この第1搬送手段9a及び第2搬送手段9bの離間する方向が記録シート100の搬送される搬送方向であり、第1の方向Xと称し、記録シート100の搬送方向の上流側をX1、下流側をX2と称する。 Further, the apparatus main body 4 is provided with a transport means for transporting the recording sheet 100 onto the support member 8 and also transporting the recording sheet 100 printed or color-measured on the support member 8 from the support member 8. ing. In the present embodiment, as the transport means, the first transport means 9a and the second transport means 9b are provided at positions sandwiching the support member 8. The direction in which the first transport means 9a and the second transport means 9b are separated from each other is the transport direction of the recording sheet 100, which is referred to as the first direction X, and the upstream side of the transport direction of the recording sheet 100 is X1 and downstream. The side is referred to as X2.

具体的には、第1搬送手段9aは、記録ヘッド1よりも記録シート100の搬送方向の上流側、すなわち第1の方向XのX1側に設けられている。この第1搬送手段9aによって記録シート100は、記録シート100を記録ヘッド1に相対向する位置、すなわち、支持部材8上に搬送される。また、第2搬送手段9bは、記録ヘッド1よりも記録シート100の搬送方向の下流側、すなわち、第1の方向XのX2側に設けられている。第2搬送手段9bによって支持部材8上の記録シート100は第1の方向XのX2側に向かって搬送される。これら、第1搬送手段9a及び第2搬送手段9bは、本実施形態では、搬送ローラーからなる。なお、第1搬送手段9a及び第2搬送手段9bは、搬送ローラーに限定されず、ベルトやドラム等であってもよい。 Specifically, the first transport means 9a is provided on the upstream side of the recording sheet 100 in the transport direction, that is, on the X1 side of the first direction X with respect to the recording head 1. The recording sheet 100 is conveyed by the first conveying means 9a to a position facing the recording head 1, that is, on the support member 8. Further, the second transport means 9b is provided on the downstream side of the recording sheet 100 in the transport direction, that is, on the X2 side of the first direction X, with respect to the recording head 1. The recording sheet 100 on the support member 8 is conveyed by the second conveying means 9b toward the X2 side of the first direction X. In the present embodiment, the first transport means 9a and the second transport means 9b are composed of transport rollers. The first transport means 9a and the second transport means 9b are not limited to the transport rollers, and may be belts, drums, or the like.

なお、本実施形態では、上述のように記録シート100の搬送方向である第1の方向Xに対して、キャリッジ3のキャリッジ軸5に沿った移動方向を第2の方向Yと称し、キャリッジ軸5の一端部側をY1、他端部側をY2と称する。ちなみに、キャリッジ3は、キャリッジ軸5の一端部側であるY2側がホームポジションとなっており、Y2側には特に図示しないが記録ヘッド1のインク滴が吐出される吐出面をクリーニングするクリーニング手段等が設けられている。さらに、第1の方向X及び第2の方向Yの双方に交差する方向を本実施形態では、第3の方向Zと称し、記録シート100に対して記録ヘッド1側をZ1、記録ヘッド1に対して記録シート100側をZ2と称する。なお、本実施形態では、各方向(X、Y、Z)の関係を直交とするが、各構成の配置関係が必ずしも直交するものに限定されるものではない。 In the present embodiment, as described above, the moving direction of the carriage 3 along the carriage axis 5 with respect to the first direction X, which is the transport direction of the recording sheet 100, is referred to as a second direction Y, and the carriage axis is referred to as a second direction Y. The one end side of 5 is referred to as Y1 and the other end side is referred to as Y2. By the way, in the carriage 3, the Y2 side, which is one end side of the carriage shaft 5, is the home position, and the Y2 side is not particularly shown, but is a cleaning means for cleaning the ejection surface on which the ink droplets of the recording head 1 are ejected. Is provided. Further, the direction intersecting both the first direction X and the second direction Y is referred to as a third direction Z in the present embodiment, and the recording head 1 side is referred to as Z1 and the recording head 1 with respect to the recording sheet 100. On the other hand, the recording sheet 100 side is referred to as Z2. In the present embodiment, the relationship in each direction (X, Y, Z) is orthogonal, but the arrangement relationship of each configuration is not necessarily limited to being orthogonal.

このようなインクジェット式記録装置Iでは、記録ヘッド1に対して記録シート100を第1の方向Xに搬送し、キャリッジ3を記録シート100に対して第2の方向Yに移動させながら、記録ヘッド1のノズルからインク滴を吐出させることで、記録シート100の被測定面101の略全面に亘ってインクを着弾させる、いわゆる印刷が実行される。 In such an inkjet recording apparatus I, the recording sheet 100 is conveyed to the recording head 1 in the first direction X, and the carriage 3 is moved to the recording sheet 100 in the second direction Y while being moved to the recording head. By ejecting ink droplets from the nozzle of No. 1, so-called printing is executed in which the ink is landed on substantially the entire surface of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100.

また、インクジェット式記録装置Iには、記録シート100の被測定面101の測色を非接触で行う測色部10が設けられている。本実施形態では、測色部10は、キャリッジ3に記録ヘッド1と共に搭載されている。このため、キャリッジ3に対して記録シート100を第1の方向Xに搬送し、キャリッジ3を記録シート100に対して第2の方向Yに移動させながら、測色部10によって測色することで、記録シート100の被測定面101の略全面に亘って測色を行うことができる。 Further, the inkjet recording apparatus I is provided with a color measuring unit 10 for measuring the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 in a non-contact manner. In the present embodiment, the color measuring unit 10 is mounted on the carriage 3 together with the recording head 1. Therefore, the recording sheet 100 is conveyed to the carriage 3 in the first direction X, and the carriage 3 is moved in the second direction Y with respect to the recording sheet 100 while the color is measured by the color measuring unit 10. The color can be measured over substantially the entire surface of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100.

このような測色部10は、図3に示すように、投光部20と、受光部30と、を具備する。そして、投光部20から照射された光を記録シート100の被測定面101で反射させて、反射された反射光を受光部30で受光し、受光部30から出力される信号に基づいて、被測定面101の色度を分析して測定する。 As shown in FIG. 3, such a color measuring unit 10 includes a light emitting unit 20 and a light receiving unit 30. Then, the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100, the reflected reflected light is received by the light receiving unit 30, and based on the signal output from the light receiving unit 30, the reflected light is received. The chromaticity of the surface to be measured 101 is analyzed and measured.

投光部20は、光を発光する光源21と、複数のレンズで構成される光源用光学系22(図には1つのみ記載)と、を具備する。 The light projecting unit 20 includes a light source 21 that emits light, and a light source optical system 22 (only one is shown in the figure) composed of a plurality of lenses.

光源21は、少なくとも測定の対象となる波長域に亘って分布する光を照射するものであり、特に限定されないが、波長に対する光強度の分布が一様なものが好ましい。このような光源21としては、例えば、白色LED(Light Emitting Diode)が挙げられる。 The light source 21 irradiates light distributed over at least a wavelength range to be measured, and is not particularly limited, but preferably has a uniform distribution of light intensity with respect to a wavelength. Examples of such a light source 21 include a white LED (Light Emitting Diode).

光源用光学系22には、光源21の光を略平行な光束として出射するコリメートレンズが含まれており、光源21から照射された光は、光源用光学系22によって平行光として照射される。 The light source optical system 22 includes a collimating lens that emits the light of the light source 21 as a substantially parallel light beam, and the light emitted from the light source 21 is irradiated as parallel light by the light source optical system 22.

また、本実施形態では、投光部20は、照射された平行光の光束の中心軸が、第3の方向Zに対して受光部30側に向かって45度傾くように配置されている。なお、投光部20自体又は光源用光学系22の光軸を、第3の方向Zに対して45度に傾けるようにしてもよく、第3の方向Zに沿って照射した平行光をプリズムや反射鏡等によって、第3の方向Zに対して45度に傾けるようにしてもよい。 Further, in the present embodiment, the light projecting unit 20 is arranged so that the central axis of the light flux of the irradiated parallel light is tilted 45 degrees toward the light receiving unit 30 side with respect to the third direction Z. The optical axis of the light projecting unit 20 itself or the optical system 22 for a light source may be tilted at 45 degrees with respect to the third direction Z, and the parallel light emitted along the third direction Z may be a prism. It may be tilted at 45 degrees with respect to the third direction Z by a reflector or the like.

被測定面101に照射される光束の中心軸が被測定面101の法線に対して45度となっていれば、投光部20の詳細な構成は特に限定されない。光源用光学系22に、レンズ、プリズム、反射面等の光学素子を備えることもできる。 As long as the central axis of the light beam emitted to the measured surface 101 is 45 degrees with respect to the normal line of the measured surface 101, the detailed configuration of the light projecting unit 20 is not particularly limited. The optical system 22 for a light source may be provided with optical elements such as a lens, a prism, and a reflecting surface.

受光部30は、複数のレンズ及びフィルターで構成される受光用光学系31と、受光素子32と、を具備する。 The light receiving unit 30 includes a light receiving optical system 31 composed of a plurality of lenses and filters, and a light receiving element 32.

受光用光学系31は、波長可変干渉フィルターが含まれており、波長可変干渉フィルターにより、被測定面101で反射した反射光のうち、所定波長の光のみを分光し、分光した光を受光素子32に受光させる。 The light receiving optical system 31 includes a wavelength variable interference filter, and the light receiving element disperses only the light of a predetermined wavelength among the reflected light reflected by the measured surface 101 by the wavelength variable interference filter. Let 32 receive light.

受光用光学系31の光軸は、被測定面101の法線方向に一致する。なお、受光部30自体又は受光用光学系31の光軸を、被測定面101の法線方向に一致するように構成してもよく、被測定面101から法線方向に反射される光を受光素子32に入射させられれば、受光部30の詳細な構成は特に限定されない。受光用光学系31に、レンズ、プリズム、反射面等の光学素子を備えることもできる。 The optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 coincides with the normal direction of the surface to be measured 101. The optical axis of the light receiving unit 30 itself or the light receiving optical system 31 may be configured to coincide with the normal direction of the measured surface 101, and the light reflected from the measured surface 101 in the normal direction may be configured. The detailed configuration of the light receiving unit 30 is not particularly limited as long as it is incident on the light receiving element 32. The light receiving optical system 31 may be provided with optical elements such as a lens, a prism, and a reflecting surface.

受光素子32は、複数の光電変換素子により構成されており、受光量に応じた電気信号を生成する。 The light receiving element 32 is composed of a plurality of photoelectric conversion elements, and generates an electric signal according to the amount of light received.

このような測色部10は、第2の方向Yに移動可能に設けられている。本実施形態では、測色部10を、記録ヘッド1が搭載されたキャリッジ3に搭載することで、測色部10は第2の方向Yに移動可能となっている。このように、記録ヘッド1を第2の方向Yに移動するキャリッジ3に測色部10を搭載することで、記録ヘッド1用のキャリッジ3とは別に、測色部10を第2の方向Yに移動する測色部10用のキャリッジが不要となる。したがって、測色部10用のキャリッジや測色部10用のキャリッジを駆動する駆動手段等が不要となって、インクジェット式記録装置Iを小型化することができると共にコストを低減することができる。もちろん、測色部10は、記録ヘッド1を搭載したキャリッジ3には設けずに、測色部10用のキャリッジに搭載してもよい。 Such a color measuring unit 10 is provided so as to be movable in the second direction Y. In the present embodiment, the color measuring unit 10 can be moved in the second direction Y by mounting the color measuring unit 10 on the carriage 3 on which the recording head 1 is mounted. In this way, by mounting the color measuring unit 10 on the carriage 3 that moves the recording head 1 in the second direction Y, the color measuring unit 10 is moved in the second direction Y separately from the carriage 3 for the recording head 1. The carriage for the color measuring unit 10 that moves to is not required. Therefore, the carriage for the color measuring unit 10 and the driving means for driving the carriage for the color measuring unit 10 are not required, and the inkjet recording device I can be miniaturized and the cost can be reduced. Of course, the color measuring unit 10 may not be provided on the carriage 3 on which the recording head 1 is mounted, but may be mounted on the carriage for the color measuring unit 10.

また、測色部10は、キャリッジ3において記録シート100の搬送方向である第1の方向Xの何れか一方側に設けるのが好ましく、記録シート100の搬送方向の上流側であるX1側に設けるのが好適である。これにより、記録ヘッド1から吐出されたインクによって発生するミストが測色部10に付着し難い。ちなみに、記録ヘッド1は、上述のように第2の方向Yに移動しながらインク滴が吐出されるため、記録ヘッド1から吐出されたインクによって発生したミストは、記録ヘッド1の第2の方向Yの移動方向下流側に流れる。そして、記録ヘッド1は、第2の方向Yに往復移動するため、ミストは記録ヘッドの第2の方向YのY1側及びY2側の両方に多く流れ出る。このため、記録ヘッド1の第2の方向Yの何れか一方側に測色部10を設けると、測色部10にミストが付着し易く、付着したミストによって測色が正常に行われなくなることや、測色部10の清掃が必要になるなど測色不良や測色に時間がかかってしまう。また、記録シート100を第1の方向Xに搬送する際に搬送方向の上流であるX1から下流であるX2に向かって気流が発生する。このため、記録ヘッド1から吐出されたインクによって発生したミストは下流側であるX2側に多く流出するため、測色部10は、記録ヘッド1よりも記録シート100の搬送方向の上流側、すなわち、第1の方向XのX1側に設けるのが好適である。このように、測色部10を記録ヘッド1よりも記録シート100の搬送方向の上流側、すなわち、第1の方向XのX1側に設けることで、測色部10にミストが付着し難く、付着したミストによる測色不良が生じ難く、付着したミストの清掃が不要又は清掃までの間隔を長くして、測色時間の短縮を図ることができる。 Further, the color measuring unit 10 is preferably provided on either one side of the first direction X, which is the transport direction of the recording sheet 100, in the carriage 3, and is provided on the X1 side, which is the upstream side of the transport direction of the recording sheet 100. Is preferable. As a result, the mist generated by the ink ejected from the recording head 1 is unlikely to adhere to the color measuring unit 10. Incidentally, since the recording head 1 ejects ink droplets while moving in the second direction Y as described above, the mist generated by the ink ejected from the recording head 1 is in the second direction of the recording head 1. It flows downstream in the moving direction of Y. Since the recording head 1 reciprocates in the second direction Y, a large amount of mist flows out to both the Y1 side and the Y2 side of the second direction Y of the recording head. Therefore, if the color measuring unit 10 is provided on any one side of the second direction Y of the recording head 1, mist easily adheres to the color measuring unit 10, and the adhering mist does not allow normal color measurement. In addition, the color measurement unit 10 needs to be cleaned, resulting in poor color measurement and time-consuming color measurement. Further, when the recording sheet 100 is transported in the first direction X, an air flow is generated from X1 upstream in the transport direction toward X2 downstream in the transport direction. Therefore, a large amount of mist generated by the ink ejected from the recording head 1 flows out to the X2 side, which is the downstream side, so that the color measuring unit 10 is located upstream of the recording head 1 in the transport direction of the recording sheet 100, that is, , It is preferable to provide it on the X1 side of the first direction X. In this way, by providing the color measuring unit 10 on the upstream side of the recording sheet 100 in the transport direction, that is, on the X1 side of the first direction X, the color measuring unit 10 is less likely to adhere to the color measuring unit 10. Color measurement failure due to the adhering mist is unlikely to occur, and cleaning of the adhering mist is unnecessary or the interval until cleaning can be lengthened to shorten the color measurement time.

さらに、インクジェット式記録装置Iには、記録シート100の被測定面101上において、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸の反射位置を変更させる変更部40(図4参照)が設けられている。本実施形態では、変更部40は、記録シート100の被測定面101の法線方向である第3の方向Zにおける測色部10と記録シート100との間隔を変更するようにした。具体的には、変更部40は、測色部10が搭載されたキャリッジ3を支持部材8に対して第3の方向Zに移動させることで、支持部材8上で支持された記録シート100上の投光部20から照射され反射した反射光の反射位置を変更させる。すなわち、本実施形態の投光部20の投光角度及び受光部30の受光角度は固定されているため、投光部20及び受光部30を被測定面101に対して近接及び離間させることで、被測定面101における投光部20から照射され反射した反射光の反射位置を変更することができる。 Further, the inkjet recording apparatus I is provided with a changing unit 40 (see FIG. 4) for changing the reflection position of the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. ing. In the present embodiment, the changing unit 40 changes the distance between the color measuring unit 10 and the recording sheet 100 in the third direction Z, which is the normal direction of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. Specifically, the changing unit 40 moves the carriage 3 on which the color measuring unit 10 is mounted in the third direction Z with respect to the support member 8 so as to be on the recording sheet 100 supported on the support member 8. The reflection position of the reflected light emitted and reflected from the light projecting unit 20 of the above is changed. That is, since the light projecting angle of the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving angle of the light receiving unit 30 of the present embodiment are fixed, the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 are moved closer to and away from the surface to be measured 101. The reflected position of the reflected light emitted and reflected from the light projecting unit 20 on the surface to be measured 101 can be changed.

なお、被測定面101上における投光部20から照射され反射した反射光の反射位置とは、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光線が被測定面101上で反射する位置のことである。また、被測定面101上における投光部20から照射され反射した反射光の反射位置の変更とは、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光線が被測定面101上で反射する位置を変えることである。一方、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光線が被測定面101上で反射する位置は変わらず、投光部20からの光束による照射面積が変わることは、被測定面101上における投光部20から照射され反射した反射光の反射位置の変更に含まれない。 The reflected position of the reflected light emitted and reflected from the light projecting unit 20 on the measured surface 101 means that the light beam corresponding to the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is reflected on the measured surface 101. It is the position. Further, the change in the reflection position of the reflected light emitted and reflected from the light projecting unit 20 on the measured surface 101 means that the light beam corresponding to the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is on the measured surface 101. It is to change the position of reflection. On the other hand, the position where the light beam corresponding to the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is reflected on the surface to be measured 101 does not change, and the irradiation area due to the light beam from the light projecting unit 20 changes. It is not included in the change of the reflection position of the reflected light emitted and reflected from the light projecting unit 20 on the 101.

以降、「反射光の反射位置」とは、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光線が被測定面101上で反射する位置を意味する。 Hereinafter, the “reflection position of the reflected light” means a position where the light beam corresponding to the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is reflected on the surface to be measured 101.

ここで、本実施形態の変更部40についてさらに図4を参照して説明する。なお、図4は、変更部40を示すインクジェット式記録装置の要部斜視図である。 Here, the modified portion 40 of the present embodiment will be further described with reference to FIG. Note that FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a main part of the inkjet recording device showing the change unit 40.

図4に示すように、変更部40は、昇降駆動モーターの出力軸(図示なし)の回転が伝達歯車列5aによってキャリッジ軸5に伝達されるように構成されている。伝達歯車列5aの途中にはフラグ(図示なし)と呼ばれる検出羽根を有する複合歯車が設けられており、ロータリーエンコーダーなどの回転角度検出手段によりフラグを検出することで、キャリッジ軸5の回転角度が制御される。キャリッジ軸5は、キャリッジ3に設けられた軸受け部(図示なし)と摺接し、キャリッジ3の往復動を案内するものであり、両端には回転軸部5bが設けられている。このキャリッジ軸5の一端側の回転軸部5bには、伝達歯車5cがキャリッジ軸5の中心軸を回転中心としてキャリッジ軸5と一体的に回転可能に設けられている。そして、昇降駆動モーターの回転が、伝達歯車列5aを介して伝達歯車5cに伝達される。また、キャリッジ軸5の両端にはそれぞれ同一形状のシフトカム5dが基準のカム位置が同じとなるようにキャリッジ軸5と一体的に回転可能に設けられている。また、それぞれのシフトカム5dの下方にはカムフォロワ5eが設けられており、キャリッジ軸5の回転によりキャリッジ軸5が第3の方向Zに平行移動して、平行移動するキャリッジ軸5に連動してキャリッジ3が支持部材8と離間、近接するように構成されている。なお、キャリッジ3の支持部材8からの高さは、上述したロータリーエンコーダーによってキャリッジ軸5の回転角度から換算することができる。そして、変更部40は、キャリッジ3の支持部材8に対する第3の方向Zの高さを調整することで、測色部10の記録シート100に対する第3の方向Zの高さを調整することができ、被測定面101における反射光の反射位置を変更することができる。 As shown in FIG. 4, the changing unit 40 is configured such that the rotation of the output shaft (not shown) of the elevating drive motor is transmitted to the carriage shaft 5 by the transmission gear train 5a. A composite gear having detection blades called a flag (not shown) is provided in the middle of the transmission gear train 5a, and the rotation angle of the carriage shaft 5 can be changed by detecting the flag by a rotation angle detecting means such as a rotary encoder. Be controlled. The carriage shaft 5 is in sliding contact with a bearing portion (not shown) provided on the carriage 3 to guide the reciprocating movement of the carriage 3, and rotary shaft portions 5b are provided at both ends. A transmission gear 5c is provided on the rotary shaft portion 5b on one end side of the carriage shaft 5 so as to be rotatable integrally with the carriage shaft 5 with the central axis of the carriage shaft 5 as the rotation center. Then, the rotation of the elevating drive motor is transmitted to the transmission gear 5c via the transmission gear train 5a. Further, shift cams 5d having the same shape are provided at both ends of the carriage shaft 5 so as to be rotatable integrally with the carriage shaft 5 so that the reference cam positions are the same. Further, a cam follower 5e is provided below each shift cam 5d, and the carriage shaft 5 moves in parallel in the third direction Z due to the rotation of the carriage shaft 5, and the carriage is interlocked with the carriage shaft 5 that moves in parallel. 3 is configured to be separated from and close to the support member 8. The height of the carriage 3 from the support member 8 can be converted from the rotation angle of the carriage shaft 5 by the rotary encoder described above. Then, the changing unit 40 can adjust the height of the color measuring unit 10 with respect to the recording sheet 100 in the third direction Z by adjusting the height of the carriage 3 with respect to the support member 8 in the third direction Z. The reflected position of the reflected light on the surface to be measured 101 can be changed.

また、変更部40は、キャリッジ3を支持部材8に対して第3の方向Zに移動することができるため、記録ヘッド1と記録シート100との間隔、所謂ペーパーギャップ(PG)も調整することができる。すなわち、測色部10の記録シート100に対する第3の方向Zの位置を変更する変更部40は、記録ヘッド1と記録シート100との間隔を調整するものと兼用することができる。もちろん、測色部10を記録ヘッド1が搭載されたキャリッジ3に搭載せずに、測色部10用のキャリッジに搭載した場合には、記録ヘッド1の搭載されたキャリッジ3を移動する移動部と、上述した変更部40とを別途設けるようにすればよい。 Further, since the change unit 40 can move the carriage 3 in the third direction Z with respect to the support member 8, the distance between the recording head 1 and the recording sheet 100, that is, the so-called paper gap (PG) is also adjusted. Can be done. That is, the changing unit 40 that changes the position of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z with respect to the recording sheet 100 can also be used to adjust the distance between the recording head 1 and the recording sheet 100. Of course, when the color measuring unit 10 is not mounted on the carriage 3 on which the recording head 1 is mounted but is mounted on the carriage for the color measuring unit 10, the moving unit that moves the carriage 3 on which the recording head 1 is mounted is moved. And the above-mentioned change unit 40 may be provided separately.

ここで、このようなインクジェット式記録装置Iの制御装置200についてさらに図5を参照して説明する。なお、図5は、本実施形態のインクジェット式記録装置の電気的構成を示すブロック図である。 Here, the control device 200 of such an inkjet recording device I will be further described with reference to FIG. Note that FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the inkjet recording device of the present embodiment.

図5に示すように、インクジェット式記録装置Iは、本実施形態の制御部210と、印刷機構220と、測色機構230と、を具備する。 As shown in FIG. 5, the inkjet recording device I includes a control unit 210, a printing mechanism 220, and a color measuring mechanism 230 of the present embodiment.

制御部210は、インクジェット式記録装置Iの全体の制御をする要素であり、本実施形態では、インクジェット式記録装置Iに設けられた制御装置200内に設けられている(図1参照)。 The control unit 210 is an element that controls the entire inkjet recording device I, and is provided in the control device 200 provided in the inkjet recording device I in the present embodiment (see FIG. 1).

また、制御部210は、CPU等を含んで構成した制御処理部211と記憶部212と駆動信号生成部213と外部I/F(interface)214と内部I/F215とを有する。記録シート100に印刷される画像を示す印刷データ(画像データとも言う)がホストコンピューターなどの外部装置250から外部I/F214に送信され、内部I/F215には印刷機構220が接続される。 Further, the control unit 210 includes a control processing unit 211 including a CPU and the like, a storage unit 212, a drive signal generation unit 213, an external I / F (interface) 214, and an internal I / F 215. Print data (also referred to as image data) indicating an image to be printed on the recording sheet 100 is transmitted from an external device 250 such as a host computer to an external I / F 214, and a printing mechanism 220 is connected to the internal I / F 215.

印刷機構220は、制御部210による制御のもとで記録シート100に画像を記録する要素であり、記録ヘッド1と、第1搬送手段9a及び第2搬送手段9bやこれを駆動する図示しないモーター等の紙送り機構221と、駆動モーター6やタイミングベルト7のキャリッジ機構222と、変更部40と、を具備する。 The printing mechanism 220 is an element that records an image on the recording sheet 100 under the control of the control unit 210, and includes the recording head 1, the first transport means 9a and the second transport means 9b, and a motor (not shown) that drives them. The paper feed mechanism 221 and the like, the carriage mechanism 222 of the drive motor 6 and the timing belt 7, and the change unit 40 are provided.

記憶部212は、制御プログラム等を記録するROMと、画像の印刷に必要な各種のデータを一時的に記録するRAMとを含む。制御処理部211は、記憶部212に記録された制御プログラムを実行することによりインクジェット式記録装置Iの各要素を統括的に制御する。また、制御処理部211は、詳しくは後述するが、測色部10に記録シート100の被測定面101に形成された図示しないパッチを測色させて得られた測色値に基づいて、外部装置250から外部I/F214に送信される印刷データを色変換するための色変換情報を生成し、色変換情報に基づいて印刷データを色変換する。 The storage unit 212 includes a ROM for recording a control program and the like, and a RAM for temporarily recording various data necessary for printing an image. The control processing unit 211 comprehensively controls each element of the inkjet recording device I by executing the control program recorded in the storage unit 212. Further, although the control processing unit 211 will be described in detail later, the external control processing unit 211 is based on a color measurement value obtained by measuring the color of a patch (not shown) formed on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 by the color measurement unit 10. Color conversion information for color conversion of print data transmitted from the device 250 to the external I / F 214 is generated, and the print data is color-converted based on the color conversion information.

制御処理部211は、色変換情報に基づいて色変換された印刷データを、記録ヘッド1の各ノズルからのインク滴の噴射/非噴射をノズル毎に指示するヘッド制御信号、例えば、クロック信号CLK、ラッチ信号LAT、チェンジ信号CH、画素データSI、設定データSP等に変換し、内部I/F215を介して記録ヘッド1に送信する。また、駆動信号生成部213は、駆動信号(COM)を生成し内部I/F215を介して記録ヘッド1に送信する。すなわち、ヘッド制御データや駆動信号等の噴射データは、送信部である内部I/F215を介して記録ヘッド1に送信される。 The control processing unit 211 indicates, for each nozzle, the injection / non-injection of ink droplets from each nozzle of the recording head 1 for the print data color-converted based on the color conversion information, for example, a clock signal CLK. , Latch signal LAT, change signal CH, pixel data SI, setting data SP, etc. are converted and transmitted to the recording head 1 via the internal I / F 215. Further, the drive signal generation unit 213 generates a drive signal (COM) and transmits it to the recording head 1 via the internal I / F 215. That is, injection data such as head control data and drive signals are transmitted to the recording head 1 via the internal I / F 215 which is a transmission unit.

また、制御処理部211は、色変換情報に基づいて色変換された印刷データから紙送り機構221及びキャリッジ機構222の移動制御信号を生成し、内部I/F215を介して紙送り機構221及びキャリッジ機構222に送信し、紙送り機構221及びキャリッジ機構222の制御を行う。 Further, the control processing unit 211 generates a movement control signal of the paper feed mechanism 221 and the carriage mechanism 222 from the print data color-converted based on the color conversion information, and the paper feed mechanism 221 and the carriage via the internal I / F 215. It transmits to the mechanism 222 and controls the paper feed mechanism 221 and the carriage mechanism 222.

さらに、制御処理部211は、外部装置250から外部I/F214を介して受信したペーパーギャップに関するデータからペーパーギャップ制御信号を生成し、内部I/F215を介して変更部40に送信し、ペーパーギャップを調整するように変更部40を制御する。 Further, the control processing unit 211 generates a paper gap control signal from the data related to the paper gap received from the external device 250 via the external I / F 214, transmits the paper gap control signal to the changing unit 40 via the internal I / F 215, and transmits the paper gap. The change unit 40 is controlled so as to adjust.

測色機構230は、制御処理部211による制御のもとで記録シート100の被測定面101の測色を行う要素であり、測色部10と、第1搬送手段9a及び第2搬送手段9bやこれを駆動する図示しないモーター等の紙送り機構221と、駆動モーター6やタイミングベルト7等のキャリッジ機構222と、変更部40と、を有する。 The color measuring mechanism 230 is an element that measures the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 under the control of the control processing unit 211, and is the color measuring unit 10, the first transport means 9a, and the second transport means 9b. It has a paper feed mechanism 221 such as a motor (not shown) for driving the drive motor 6, a carriage mechanism 222 such as a drive motor 6 and a timing belt 7, and a change unit 40.

制御処理部211は、紙送り機構221及びキャリッジ機構222の制御を行い、キャリッジ3に搭載された測色部10を記録シート100の被測定面101において第1の方向X及び第2の方向Yの所望の位置に配置する。 The control processing unit 211 controls the paper feed mechanism 221 and the carriage mechanism 222, and the color measuring unit 10 mounted on the carriage 3 is placed in the first direction X and the second direction Y on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. Place in the desired position.

また、制御処理部211は、測色部10を制御して、投光部20から光を照射させると共に受光部30によって被測定面101の所望の位置で反射した光を受光する。 Further, the control processing unit 211 controls the color measuring unit 10 to irradiate the light from the light emitting unit 20 and receive the light reflected by the light receiving unit 30 at a desired position on the surface to be measured 101.

さらに、制御処理部211は、測色部10によって測色を行わせながら、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光の被測定面101上の反射位置を変更させるように変更部40を制御する。 Further, the control processing unit 211 changes the reflection position of the light corresponding to the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the measured surface 101 while performing the color measurement by the color measuring unit 10. The change unit 40 is controlled.

ここで、制御処理部211の測色を行う具体的な機能実現部についてさらに図6を参照して説明する。なお、図6は、制御処理部211の機能実現部を示すブロック図である。 Here, a specific function realization unit that measures the color of the control processing unit 211 will be further described with reference to FIG. Note that FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing a function realization unit of the control processing unit 211.

図6に示すように、制御処理部211は、測色部10を制御する測色部制御部300と、測色処理部301と、変更部40を制御する変更部制御部302と、明度判定部303と、測色位置設定部304と、を具備する。 As shown in FIG. 6, the control processing unit 211 includes a color measurement unit control unit 300 that controls the color measurement unit 10, a color measurement processing unit 301, a change unit control unit 302 that controls the change unit 40, and a brightness determination. A unit 303 and a color measurement position setting unit 304 are provided.

測色部制御部300は、測色部10を制御して、投光部20から光を照射させると共に、受光部30において被測定面101で反射した光を受光させる。 The color measuring unit control unit 300 controls the color measuring unit 10 to irradiate the light from the light projecting unit 20 and to receive the light reflected by the light receiving unit 30 on the surface to be measured 101.

測色処理部301は、測色部10から受信した電気信号から色を表色系で数値化する。本実施形態では、測色処理部301は、例えば、L*a*b*表色系で数値化する。 The color measurement processing unit 301 digitizes a color in a color system from an electric signal received from the color measurement unit 10. In the present embodiment, the color measurement processing unit 301 digitizes, for example, in the L * a * b * color system.

変更部制御部302は、変更部40を制御して、記録シート100の被測定面101上での反射光の反射位置を変更する。本実施形態では、上述のように変更部40によって測色部10が搭載されたキャリッジ3を支持部材8に対して第3の方向Zに移動させて、支持部材8上で支持された記録シート100上の反射光の反射位置を変更させる。 The change unit control unit 302 controls the change unit 40 to change the reflection position of the reflected light on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. In the present embodiment, as described above, the carriage 3 on which the color measuring unit 10 is mounted is moved by the changing unit 40 in the third direction Z with respect to the support member 8, and the recording sheet is supported on the support member 8. The reflection position of the reflected light on 100 is changed.

このような制御処理部211では、測色部制御部300及び変更部制御部302が測色部10及び変更部40を制御することで、被測定面101における反射光の反射位置が異なる位置で複数回測色し、測色毎に測色結果は表色系で数値化された測色データとして生成される。なお、測色データは、変更部40によって変更した被測定面101上での反射光の反射位置を示す反射位置データと関連付けられて、記憶部212に記録される。本実施形態では、基準となる位置からの第3の方向Zにおけるキャリッジ3の高さ(測色部10の高さ)を示す値を反射位置データとし、測色時における反射位置データ(第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置から測色時のキャリッジ3(測色部10)までの距離)と測色データが関連付けられて記憶部212に記録される。 In such a control processing unit 211, the color measuring unit control unit 300 and the changing unit control unit 302 control the color measuring unit 10 and the changing unit 40 so that the reflected light reflected on the surface to be measured 101 is at a different position. Color measurement is performed multiple times, and the color measurement result is generated as color measurement data quantified by the color system for each color measurement. The color measurement data is recorded in the storage unit 212 in association with the reflection position data indicating the reflection position of the reflected light on the measured surface 101 changed by the change unit 40. In the present embodiment, the value indicating the height of the carriage 3 (height of the color measuring unit 10) in the third direction Z from the reference position is used as the reflection position data, and the reflection position data at the time of color measurement (third). The color measurement data (distance from the reference position in the direction Z to the carriage 3 (color measurement unit 10) at the time of color measurement) is associated with the color measurement data and recorded in the storage unit 212.

ちなみに、キャリッジ3の第3の方向Zにおける高さは、変更部40がキャリッジ軸5を移動させることで変更されるため、反射位置データは、前述のキャリッジ3の高さではなく、キャリッジ軸5の高さ(第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置からキャリッジ軸5までの距離)であってもよい。また、基準となる位置からのキャリッジ3の第3の方向Zにおける高さは、キャリッジ3に搭載された測色部10の受光部30における受光素子32の受光面の高さ(第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置から受光面までの距離)や、記録ヘッド1の噴射面の高さ(第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置から噴射面までの距離)等であってもよい。また、第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置からのキャリッジ3等の高さは、変更部40に設けられた図示しない回転角度検出手段によるキャリッジ軸5の回転角度から換算することができる。もちろん、キャリッジ軸5の回転角度からキャリッジ3等の第3の方向Zの高さを算出せずに、回転角度を直接キャリッジ3等の高さを示す反射位置データとして用いるようにしてもよい。つまり、反射位置データは、記録シート100の被測定面101において変更部40が変更する投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する反射光の反射位置を特定できるデータであれば特に限定されるものではない。 By the way, since the height of the carriage 3 in the third direction Z is changed by the changing portion 40 moving the carriage shaft 5, the reflection position data is not the height of the carriage 3 described above, but the carriage shaft 5. (The distance from the reference position in the third direction Z to the carriage shaft 5). Further, the height of the carriage 3 in the third direction Z from the reference position is the height of the light receiving surface of the light receiving element 32 in the light receiving unit 30 of the color measuring unit 10 mounted on the carriage 3 (third direction). It may be the height of the injection surface of the recording head 1 (distance from the reference position in the third direction Z to the injection surface) or the like (distance from the reference position in Z to the light receiving surface). Further, the height of the carriage 3 or the like from the reference position in the third direction Z can be converted from the rotation angle of the carriage shaft 5 by the rotation angle detecting means (not shown) provided in the changing portion 40. Of course, instead of calculating the height of the carriage 3 or the like in the third direction Z from the rotation angle of the carriage shaft 5, the rotation angle may be used directly as the reflection position data indicating the height of the carriage 3 or the like. That is, the reflection position data is particularly long as it is data that can specify the reflection position of the reflected light corresponding to the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projection unit 20 changed by the change unit 40 on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. Not limited.

さらに、反射位置データとなるキャリッジ3の高さを規定する基準とは、キャリッジ軸5が第3の方向Zに移動可能な範囲における1点、例えば、Z2側の最下端、Z1側の最上端、又は、中心としてもよく、キャリッジ軸5の回転可能な範囲における1点、例えば、回転始端、回転終端、回転中心としてもよく、さらに、キャリッジ3及びキャリッジ軸5を移動した際に相対的に移動しない部分、例えば、装置本体4の一部や支持部材8の表面、または被測定面101としてもよい。 Further, the reference for defining the height of the carriage 3 which is the reflection position data is one point in the range where the carriage shaft 5 can move in the third direction Z, for example, the lowermost end on the Z2 side and the uppermost end on the Z1 side. Or it may be the center, or it may be one point in the rotatable range of the carriage shaft 5, for example, the rotation start end, the rotation end, and the rotation center, and further, when the carriage 3 and the carriage shaft 5 are moved relatively. It may be a non-moving portion, for example, a part of the apparatus main body 4, the surface of the support member 8, or the surface to be measured 101.

また、被測定面101における反射光の反射位置が異なる位置での測色は、例えば、変更部40のキャリッジ軸5の回転角度を検出する回転角度検出手段の分解能を最小単位で行うことができる。 Further, the color measurement at the position where the reflected light reflected on the measured surface 101 is different can be performed by, for example, the resolution of the rotation angle detecting means for detecting the rotation angle of the carriage shaft 5 of the changing unit 40 in the minimum unit. ..

そして、明度判定部303は、測色部10が測色した結果から、拡散反射における反射光の明度が最も高い測色データを判定する。例えば、測色データが、L*a*b*表色系で数値化されている場合には、L*値が最も高い測色データを選定する。これにより、最も明度が高い測色データを選定することができる。 Then, the brightness determination unit 303 determines the color measurement data having the highest brightness of the reflected light in the diffuse reflection from the result of the color measurement by the color measurement unit 10. For example, when the color measurement data is quantified in the L * a * b * color system, the color measurement data having the highest L * value is selected. This makes it possible to select the color measurement data with the highest brightness.

ここで、投光部20から照射された光は、被測定面101で拡散反射し、拡散反射した反射光が受光部30で受光される。 Here, the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is diffusely reflected by the surface to be measured 101, and the diffusely reflected reflected light is received by the light receiving unit 30.

投光部20から照射された光束の被測定面101上での照度分布は、光束の中心軸に対応する部分の照度が高く、光束の外周に対応する部分の照度が低い。このような投光部20からの光束によって照射された被測定面101の測色を行うと、投光部20からの光束の中央部の光が反射される領域では高い明度が測定され、投光部20からの光束の中央部から離れた光が反射される領域ほど低い明度が測定される。 In the illuminance distribution of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the measured surface 101, the illuminance of the portion corresponding to the central axis of the light beam is high, and the illuminance of the portion corresponding to the outer periphery of the light beam is low. When the color of the surface to be measured 101 irradiated with the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is measured, high brightness is measured in the region where the light in the center of the light beam from the light projecting unit 20 is reflected, and the light is projected. The lower the brightness is measured in the region where the light farther from the central portion of the light flux from the light portion 20 is reflected.

図7〜9で示す例では、反射位置データである測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さを、第3の方向Zにおける被測定面101から記録ヘッド1の噴射面までの距離とした。したがって、図7に示すように、測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さh1において、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致すると、受光部30は被測定面101上の照度の高い領域からの反射光を受光するため、図10に示すように高さh1の場合に受光部30で測定される明度が最も高くなる。すなわち、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致するような、投光部20、受光部30及び被測定面101の相対位置関係であれば、受光部30で測定される明度が高くなる。 In the example shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, the height of the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 which is the reflection position data is measured from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z to the recording head 1. The distance to the injection surface was used. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 7, at the height h1 of the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10, the central axis of the light flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving optical system of the light receiving unit 30. When the optical axis of 31 coincides with the measured surface 101, the light receiving unit 30 receives the reflected light from the region with high illuminance on the measured surface 101, so that the height is h1 as shown in FIG. The brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 is the highest. That is, the relative positional relationship between the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 such that the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other. If there is, the brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 becomes high.

これに対して、図8に示すように、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(距離)h2が、高さh1よりも低い場合、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致せず、受光部30は被測定面101上の照度の低い領域からの反射光を受光するため、図10に示すように高さh1の場合よりも高さh2の場合の方が受光部30で測定される明度が低くなる。すなわち、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致しないような、投光部20、受光部30及び被測定面101の相対位置関係では、受光部30で測定される明度が低くなる。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 8, when the height (distance) h2 of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 is lower than the height h1, it becomes the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20. The optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 does not match on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 receives the reflected light from the low illuminance region on the measured surface 101. As shown in the above, the brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 is lower in the case of the height h2 than in the case of the height h1. That is, in the relative positional relationship between the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 such that the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match. , The brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 becomes low.

同様に、図9に示すように、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(距離)h3が、高さh1よりも高い(長い)場合、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致せず、受光部30は被測定面101上の照度の低い領域からの反射光を受光するため、図10に示すように受光部30で測定された明度が低くなる。すなわち、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と一致する光線が受光部30に入射しないような、投光部20、受光部30及び被測定面101の相対位置関係であれば、受光部30で測定される明度が低くなる。 Similarly, as shown in FIG. 9, when the height (distance) h3 of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 is higher (longer) than the height h1, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 And the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 receives the reflected light from the low illuminance region on the measured surface 101. As shown in No. 10, the brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 becomes low. That is, if the relative positional relationship between the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 is such that the light beam that coincides with the central axis of the light beam from the light projecting unit 20 does not enter the light receiving unit 30, the light receiving unit 30 The brightness measured by is low.

つまり、本実施形態では、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸及び受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の被測定面101に対する角度は固定されているため、投光部20及び受光部30を被測定面101に対して近接及び離間させることで、投光部20からの光束の記録シート100における反射光の反射位置を変更することができる。このため、明度判定部303は、測色部10が測色した複数の測色データから最も明度が高い測色データを判定することで、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸に一致する光が被測定面101上で受光部30の受光用光学系31に一致したかを判定する。本実施形態では、投光部20から照射される光束の被測定面101における反射位置は、キャリッジ3を第3の方向Zに移動して測色部10の被測定面101からの高さh1〜h3を調整することで変更しているため、明度判定部303が明度の最も高い測色データを判定することで、この測色データに関連付けられたキャリッジ3の基準からの高さを示す反射位置データ、すなわち、実質的に測色部10の記録シート100の被測定面101からの高さh1を特定することができる。 That is, in the present embodiment, since the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the angle of the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 with respect to the measured surface 101 are fixed, the light projecting unit 20 By moving the light receiving unit 30 closer to and further from the surface to be measured 101, the reflected position of the reflected light on the recording sheet 100 of the luminous flux from the light projecting unit 20 can be changed. Therefore, the brightness determination unit 303 coincides with the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 by determining the color measurement data having the highest brightness from the plurality of color measurement data measured by the color measurement unit 10. It is determined whether or not the light to be applied matches the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the surface to be measured 101. In the present embodiment, the reflection position of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the measured surface 101 is the height h1 of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 by moving the carriage 3 in the third direction Z. Since it is changed by adjusting ~ h3, the brightness determination unit 303 determines the color measurement data having the highest brightness, and the reflection indicating the height from the reference of the carriage 3 associated with the color measurement data. The position data, that is, the height h1 of the recording sheet 100 of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 can be substantially specified.

測色位置設定部304は、明度判定部303が最も高い明度となる測色データを判定することで特定された反射位置データを測色位置として記憶部212に設定する。そして、測色位置設定部304が設定した測色位置で、記録シート100における測色を行わせる。すなわち、測色位置を設定したら、設定した測色位置を変更することなく、つまり、変更部40を動作させて測色部10が搭載されたキャリッジ3を第3の方向Zに移動させることなく、測色部10によって記録シート100の被測定面101における複数箇所での測色が行われる。 The color measurement position setting unit 304 sets the reflection position data specified by the brightness determination unit 303 to determine the color measurement data having the highest brightness in the storage unit 212 as the color measurement position. Then, the color measurement on the recording sheet 100 is performed at the color measurement position set by the color measurement position setting unit 304. That is, once the color measurement position is set, the set color measurement position is not changed, that is, the carriage 3 on which the color measurement unit 10 is mounted is not moved in the third direction Z by operating the change unit 40. The color measuring unit 10 measures colors at a plurality of points on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100.

このような測色部10及び変更部40を用いた測色方法について図11を参照して説明する。なお、図11は、測色方法を示すフローチャートである。 A color measuring method using such a color measuring unit 10 and a changing unit 40 will be described with reference to FIG. Note that FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the color measurement method.

測色が開始されると、最初に測色位置設定モードとなる。具体的には、ステップS1で、反射光の反射位置を変更しつつ複数回の測色を行う。すなわち、変更部制御部302が変更部40を制御して、測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さを変更しながら、測色部制御部300が測色部10を制御して測色を行う。測色部10の測定結果から測色処理部301によって表色系で数値化して測色データを生成して、測色データは反射位置データと関連付けられて記憶部212に記憶される。次に、ステップS2で、複数の測色データから明度判定部303が最も高い明度となる測色データを判定する。次に、ステップS3で、測色位置設定部304が、明度判定部303が特定した測色データに関連付けられた反射位置データを測色位置として記憶部212に設定する。その後は、ステップS4で、測色位置設定部304が設定した測定位置において、測色部制御部300によって被測定面101の複数箇所で測色を行う。 When the color measurement is started, the color measurement position setting mode is first set. Specifically, in step S1, color measurement is performed a plurality of times while changing the reflection position of the reflected light. That is, while the changing unit control unit 302 controls the changing unit 40 and changes the height of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z from the measured surface 101, the color measuring unit control unit 300 controls the color measuring unit 300. Color measurement is performed by controlling 10. The color measurement processing unit 301 digitizes the measurement result of the color measurement unit 10 in a color system to generate color measurement data, and the color measurement data is associated with the reflection position data and stored in the storage unit 212. Next, in step S2, the brightness determination unit 303 determines the color measurement data having the highest brightness from the plurality of color measurement data. Next, in step S3, the color measurement position setting unit 304 sets the reflection position data associated with the color measurement data specified by the brightness determination unit 303 in the storage unit 212 as the color measurement position. After that, in step S4, at the measurement position set by the color measurement position setting unit 304, the color measurement unit control unit 300 performs color measurement at a plurality of points on the surface to be measured 101.

なお、ステップS1〜ステップS3における測色位置の設定は、記録シート100毎に行えばよいが、例えば、同一規格の記録シート100を用いる場合には、ステップS1〜S3を行わなくてもよい。すなわち、測色位置を設定した記録シート100と同一規格の記録シートを用いた場合には、厚さが同じであるため、反射光の光軸のずれが生じ難く、実質的に測色位置が同じとなる。したがって、同一規格の記録シートを用いる際には、同じ測色位置を用いて測色することで、測色位置を設定する工程が不要となって、測色に必要な時間を短縮することができる。もちろん、測色位置を設定した記録シート100と同一規格の記録シートを用いる場合であっても、ステップS1〜S4を行って測色位置を再設定してもよい。これにより、同一規格の記録シートの厚さに誤差があっても、最適な測色位置を設定することができる。 The color measurement position may be set for each recording sheet 100 in steps S1 to S3, but for example, when the recording sheets 100 of the same standard are used, steps S1 to S3 may not be performed. That is, when a recording sheet of the same standard as the recording sheet 100 in which the color measurement position is set is used, the thickness is the same, so that the optical axis of the reflected light is less likely to shift, and the color measurement position is substantially changed. It will be the same. Therefore, when using recording sheets of the same standard, by measuring colors using the same color measurement position, the process of setting the color measurement position becomes unnecessary, and the time required for color measurement can be shortened. can. Of course, even when a recording sheet having the same standard as the recording sheet 100 in which the color measurement position is set is used, the color measurement position may be reset by performing steps S1 to S4. As a result, even if there is an error in the thickness of the recording sheet of the same standard, the optimum color measurement position can be set.

このように、本実施形態では、投光部20から照射された光の中心軸に一致する光の記録シート100の被測定面101上の反射位置を変更させる変更部40を制御して受光部30が受光した反射光から得られた測色データの明度が最も高い反射位置を測色位置に設定するようにした。このため、明度が最も高い反射位置で被測定面101に印刷された図示しないパッチの測色を行うことができるため、測色精度を向上することができる。ちなみに、明度が低い反射位置でパッチの測色を行うと、測色精度が低く、測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって画像データを色変換した際に、色の再現性が低下する。本実施形態では、測色精度を向上することで、高い精度の測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって画像データを色変換することができ、色の再現性を向上することができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the light receiving unit 40 is controlled to change the reflection position on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 of the light corresponding to the central axis of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 20. The reflection position having the highest brightness of the color measurement data obtained from the reflected light received by 30 is set as the color measurement position. Therefore, it is possible to measure the color of a patch (not shown) printed on the surface to be measured 101 at the reflection position having the highest brightness, so that the color measurement accuracy can be improved. By the way, when the color measurement of the patch is performed at the reflection position where the brightness is low, the color measurement accuracy is low, and the color reproducibility is lowered when the image data is color-converted by the color conversion information based on the color measurement value. In the present embodiment, by improving the color measurement accuracy, the image data can be color-converted by the color conversion information based on the highly accurate color measurement value, and the color reproducibility can be improved.

また、本実施形態の変更部40は、測色部10と被測定面101との第3の方向Zにおける間隔を変更することで、反射位置を変更するようにした。特に、本実施形態では、測色部10を記録ヘッド1が搭載されたキャリッジ3に搭載して、キャリッジ3を被測定面101に対して第3の方向Zに移動させることで、キャリッジ3に搭載された測色部10を被測定面101に対して第3の方向Zに移動させるようにした。このため、変更部40は、記録ヘッド1と記録シート100との間隔、所謂ペーパーギャップを変更する機構と兼ねることができる。また、記録ヘッド1を搭載したキャリッジ3は、第2の方向Yに移動可能に設けられているため、測色部10をキャリッジ3に搭載することで、測色部10を第2の方向Yに移動する機構が別途不要となる。したがって、測色部10と記録ヘッド1とを第2の方向Y及び第3の方向Zに個別に移動させる機構が不要となって、小型化を図ることができると共にコストを低減することができる。 Further, the changing unit 40 of the present embodiment changes the reflection position by changing the distance between the color measuring unit 10 and the surface to be measured 101 in the third direction Z. In particular, in the present embodiment, the color measuring unit 10 is mounted on the carriage 3 on which the recording head 1 is mounted, and the carriage 3 is moved to the carriage 3 in the third direction Z with respect to the measured surface 101. The mounted color measuring unit 10 is moved in the third direction Z with respect to the surface to be measured 101. Therefore, the changing unit 40 can also serve as a mechanism for changing the distance between the recording head 1 and the recording sheet 100, that is, a so-called paper gap. Further, since the carriage 3 on which the recording head 1 is mounted is provided so as to be movable in the second direction Y, by mounting the color measuring unit 10 on the carriage 3, the color measuring unit 10 can be moved in the second direction Y. There is no need for a separate mechanism to move to. Therefore, a mechanism for individually moving the color measuring unit 10 and the recording head 1 in the second direction Y and the third direction Z becomes unnecessary, and the size can be reduced and the cost can be reduced. ..

なお、本実施形態では、記録ヘッド1と測色部10とを同じキャリッジ3に搭載し、キャリッジ3を第3の方向Zに移動する変更部40によって記録ヘッド1の記録シート100との間隔や、測色部10の記録シート100との間隔を変更するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されない。例えば、記録ヘッド1と測色部10とを同じキャリッジ3に搭載し、キャリッジ3に記録ヘッド1を第3の方向Zに移動するヘッド位置変更部と、測色部10を第3の方向Zに移動する変更部とをそれぞれ設けるようにしてもよい。また、記録ヘッド1と測色部10とをそれぞれ異なるキャリッジに搭載するようにしてもよい。 In this embodiment, the recording head 1 and the color measuring unit 10 are mounted on the same carriage 3, and the distance between the recording head 1 and the recording sheet 100 is determined by the changing unit 40 that moves the carriage 3 in the third direction Z. , The distance between the color measuring unit 10 and the recording sheet 100 is changed, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this. For example, the recording head 1 and the color measuring unit 10 are mounted on the same carriage 3, and the head position changing unit for moving the recording head 1 in the third direction Z and the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z are mounted on the carriage 3. It is also possible to provide a change part to move to. Further, the recording head 1 and the color measuring unit 10 may be mounted on different carriages.

また、本実施形態では、測色部10を、記録シート100の搬送方向である第1の方向Xにおいて、記録ヘッド1よりも上流側であるX1側に設けるようにした。このため、測色部10にミストが付着し難く、付着したミストによる測色不良が生じ難く、付着したミストの清掃が不要又は清掃までの間隔を長くして、測色時間の短縮を図ることができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the color measuring unit 10 is provided on the X1 side, which is the upstream side of the recording head 1, in the first direction X, which is the transport direction of the recording sheet 100. Therefore, it is difficult for mist to adhere to the color measuring unit 10, color measurement failure due to the adhered mist is unlikely to occur, cleaning of the adhered mist is unnecessary, or the interval until cleaning is lengthened to shorten the color measuring time. Can be done.

なお、本実施形態では、測色部10をキャリッジ3において記録ヘッド1よりもX1側に設けるようにしたが、測色部10をキャリッジ3に搭載しない場合であっても、測色部10は、記録ヘッド1よりもX1側に配置することで、ミストの付着を抑制することができる。 In the present embodiment, the color measuring unit 10 is provided on the X1 side of the recording head 1 in the carriage 3, but even when the color measuring unit 10 is not mounted on the carriage 3, the color measuring unit 10 is provided. By arranging the carriage on the X1 side of the recording head 1, it is possible to suppress the adhesion of mist.

(実施形態2)
図12は、本発明の実施形態2に係る液体噴射装置の一例であるインクジェット式記録装置の制御処理部211の機能実現部を示すブロック図であり、図13は、基準位置を説明する側面図であり、図14は、測色位置を説明する側面図である。なお、上述した実施形態と同一の部材には同一の符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
(Embodiment 2)
FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a function realization unit of the control processing unit 211 of the inkjet recording device which is an example of the liquid injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 13 is a side view illustrating a reference position. 14 is a side view illustrating the color measurement position. The same members as those in the above-described embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted.

本実施形態では、測色部10及び変更部40を用いて記録シート100の厚さを測定するようにした。すなわち、記録シート100がセットされていない状態である支持部材8上で反射させた反射光の明度が最も高くなる反射位置を基準位置に設定し、この基準位置と、記録シート100上で反射させた反射光の明度が最も高くなる測色位置とに基づいて、記録シート100の厚さを算出するようにした。 In this embodiment, the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is measured by using the color measuring unit 10 and the changing unit 40. That is, the reflection position where the brightness of the reflected light reflected on the support member 8 in which the recording sheet 100 is not set is the highest is set as the reference position, and this reference position and the reflection on the recording sheet 100 are reflected. The thickness of the recording sheet 100 is calculated based on the color measurement position where the brightness of the reflected light is highest.

具体的には、図12に示すように、制御処理部211は、機能実現部としてさらに基準位置取得部305と、媒体厚算出部306と、を具備する。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 12, the control processing unit 211 further includes a reference position acquisition unit 305 and a medium thickness calculation unit 306 as a function realization unit.

基準位置取得部305は、測色部制御部300及び変更部制御部302によって測色部10及び変更部40を制御させて、記録シート100が搬送されていない支持部材8の表面における投光部20から照射された光束の反射光から得られた測色データの明度が最も高い反射位置データを基準位置として取得する。 The reference position acquisition unit 305 controls the color measurement unit 10 and the change unit 40 by the color measurement unit control unit 300 and the change unit control unit 302, and the light projection unit on the surface of the support member 8 to which the recording sheet 100 is not conveyed. The reflection position data having the highest brightness of the color measurement data obtained from the reflected light of the luminous flux emitted from 20 is acquired as a reference position.

具体的には、基準位置取得部305は、測色部制御部300によって測色部10を制御させて、投光部20から照射した光を支持部材8上で反射させて、反射した光を受光部30で受光させる。このように測色部10によって受光した電気信号から測色処理部301が表色系で数値化して測色データを生成する。 Specifically, the reference position acquisition unit 305 controls the color measurement unit 10 by the color measurement unit control unit 300, reflects the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the support member 8, and reflects the reflected light. Light is received by the light receiving unit 30. In this way, the color measurement processing unit 301 digitizes the electric signal received by the color measurement unit 10 in the color system to generate color measurement data.

また、基準位置取得部305は、変更部制御部302によって変更部40を制御させて、支持部材8の表面の反射光の反射位置を変更する。本実施形態では、上述のように変更部40によって測色部10が搭載されたキャリッジ3を支持部材8に対して第3の方向Zに移動させて、支持部材8上での反射光の反射位置を変更させる。 Further, the reference position acquisition unit 305 controls the change unit 40 by the change unit control unit 302 to change the reflection position of the reflected light on the surface of the support member 8. In the present embodiment, as described above, the carriage 3 on which the color measuring unit 10 is mounted is moved by the changing unit 40 in the third direction Z with respect to the support member 8, and the reflected light is reflected on the support member 8. Change the position.

また、基準位置取得部305は、測色部制御部300及び変更部制御部302に測色部10及び変更部40を制御させることで、支持部材8における反射光の反射位置が異なる位置で複数回測色させて、測色毎に測色結果は表色系で数値化されて測色データとして生成される。なお、測色データは、変更部40によって変更した支持部材8上の反射光の反射位置、本実施形態では、キャリッジ3の基準となる位置からの第3の方向Zの高さを示す反射位置データと関連付けられて記憶部212に記録される。 Further, the reference position acquisition unit 305 has a plurality of reference position acquisition units 305 at positions where the reflected light reflected by the support member 8 is different by causing the color measurement unit control unit 300 and the change unit control unit 302 to control the color measurement unit 10 and the change unit 40. The color is measured repeatedly, and the color measurement result is quantified in the color system for each color measurement and generated as color measurement data. The color measurement data is the reflection position of the reflected light on the support member 8 changed by the change unit 40, and in the present embodiment, the reflection position indicating the height in the third direction Z from the reference position of the carriage 3. It is associated with the data and recorded in the storage unit 212.

ちなみに、キャリッジ3の第3の方向Zにおける高さは、変更部40がキャリッジ軸5を移動することで変更されるため、反射位置データは、前述のキャリッジ3の高さではなく、キャリッジ軸5の高さ(第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置からキャリッジ軸5までの距離)であってもよい。また、基準となる位置からのキャリッジ3の第3の方向Zにおける高さは、キャリッジ3に搭載された測色部10の受光部30における受光素子32の受光面の高さ(第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置から受光面までの距離)や、記録ヘッド1の噴射面の高さ(第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置から噴射面までの距離)等であってもよい。また、第3の方向Zにおける基準となる位置からのキャリッジ3等の高さは、変更部40に設けられた図示しない回転角度検出手段によるキャリッジ軸5の回転角度から換算することができる。もちろん、キャリッジ軸5の回転角度からキャリッジ3等の第3の方向Zの高さを算出せずに、回転角度を直接キャリッジ3等の高さを示す反射位置データとして用いるようにしてもよい。つまり、反射位置データは、記録シート100の被測定面101において変更部40が変更する投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する反射光の反射位置を特定できるデータであれば特に限定されるものではない。 By the way, since the height of the carriage 3 in the third direction Z is changed by the changing portion 40 moving the carriage shaft 5, the reflection position data is not the height of the carriage 3 described above, but the carriage shaft 5. Height (distance from the reference position in the third direction Z to the carriage shaft 5). Further, the height of the carriage 3 in the third direction Z from the reference position is the height of the light receiving surface of the light receiving element 32 in the light receiving unit 30 of the color measuring unit 10 mounted on the carriage 3 (third direction). It may be the height of the injection surface of the recording head 1 (distance from the reference position in the third direction Z to the injection surface) or the like (distance from the reference position in Z to the light receiving surface). Further, the height of the carriage 3 or the like from the reference position in the third direction Z can be converted from the rotation angle of the carriage shaft 5 by the rotation angle detecting means (not shown) provided in the changing portion 40. Of course, instead of calculating the height of the carriage 3 or the like in the third direction Z from the rotation angle of the carriage shaft 5, the rotation angle may be used directly as the reflection position data indicating the height of the carriage 3 or the like. That is, the reflection position data is particularly long as it is data that can specify the reflection position of the reflected light corresponding to the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projection unit 20 changed by the change unit 40 on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. Not limited.

さらに、反射位置データとなるキャリッジ3の高さを規定する基準とは、キャリッジ軸5が第3の方向Zに移動可能な範囲におけるZ2側の最下端、Z1側の最上端、又は、中心としてもよく、キャリッジ軸5の回転可能な範囲における回転始端、回転終端、回転中心としてもよく、さらに、キャリッジ3及びキャリッジ軸5を移動した際に相対的に移動しない部分、例えば、装置本体4の一部や支持部材8の表面としてもよい。本実施形態では、図13に示すように、反射位置データとして、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の支持部材8からの高さの指標となる第3の方向Zにおける支持部材8の表面から記録ヘッド1の噴射面までの距離とした。 Further, the reference for defining the height of the carriage 3 as the reflection position data is as the lowermost end on the Z2 side, the uppermost end on the Z1 side, or the center in the range in which the carriage shaft 5 can move in the third direction Z. It may be a rotation start end, a rotation end, or a rotation center in a rotatable range of the carriage shaft 5, and further, a portion that does not move relatively when the carriage 3 and the carriage shaft 5 are moved, for example, a device main body 4. It may be a part or the surface of the support member 8. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 13, the surface of the support member 8 in the third direction Z, which is an index of the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the support member 8 in the third direction Z, as the reflection position data. To the injection surface of the recording head 1.

そして、明度判定部303は、測色部10が測色した結果から、拡散反射における反射光の明度が最も高い測色データを判定する。例えば、測色データが、L*a*b*表色系で数値化されている場合には、L*値が最も高い測色データを選定する。これにより、最も明度が高い測色データを選定することができる。 Then, the brightness determination unit 303 determines the color measurement data having the highest brightness of the reflected light in the diffuse reflection from the result of the color measurement by the color measurement unit 10. For example, when the color measurement data is quantified in the L * a * b * color system, the color measurement data having the highest L * value is selected. This makes it possible to select the color measurement data with the highest brightness.

そして、基準位置取得部305は、明度判定部303が判定した明度が最も高い測色データに関連付けられた反射位置データを基準位置として記憶部212に設定する。本実施形態では、図13に示すように、第3の方向Zにおける支持部材8の表面から測色部10までの高さであるZ0、基準位置Z0とした。 Then, the reference position acquisition unit 305 sets the reflection position data associated with the color measurement data having the highest brightness determined by the brightness determination unit 303 in the storage unit 212 as a reference position. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 13, Z0, which is the height from the surface of the support member 8 to the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z, and the reference position Z0 are set.

また、上述した実施形態1と同様に、測色部制御部300、変更部制御部302及び測色位置設定部304は、支持部材8上に設置された記録シート100の被測定面101で反射させた反射光による測色データの明度が最も高くなる測定位置を検出し、この測色位置を記憶部212に設定する。本実施形態では、測色位置となる反射位置データは、図14に示すように、第3の方向Zにおいて測色部10の支持部材8の表面からの高さであるZmを、測色位置Zmとした。 Further, similarly to the above-described first embodiment, the color measurement unit control unit 300, the change unit control unit 302, and the color measurement position setting unit 304 are reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 installed on the support member 8. The measurement position where the brightness of the color measurement data due to the reflected light is the highest is detected, and this color measurement position is set in the storage unit 212. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 14, the reflection position data to be the color measurement position is the color measurement position of Zm, which is the height from the surface of the support member 8 of the color measurement unit 10 in the third direction Z. It was set to Zm.

媒体厚算出部306は、基準位置取得部305が取得した支持部材8での反射光から得られた測色データの明度が最も高くなる基準位置Z0と、測色位置設定部304が設定した記録シート100の被測定面101において反射光から得られた測色データの明度が最も高くなる測色位置Zmと、に基づいて、記録シート100の第3の方向Zの厚さを算出する。すなわち、基準位置Z0から測色位置Zmを減算することで(Zm−Z0)、支持部材8に載置された記録シート100の厚さを算出することができる。 The medium thickness calculation unit 306 has a reference position Z0 at which the brightness of the color measurement data obtained from the reflected light of the support member 8 acquired by the reference position acquisition unit 305 is highest, and a recording set by the color measurement position setting unit 304. The thickness of the recording sheet 100 in the third direction Z is calculated based on the color measurement position Zm at which the brightness of the color measurement data obtained from the reflected light on the measured surface 101 of the sheet 100 is highest. That is, the thickness of the recording sheet 100 mounted on the support member 8 can be calculated by subtracting the color measurement position Zm from the reference position Z0 (Zm-Z0).

なお、支持部材8の表面から測色部10までの高さZmを測定位置としたが、支持部材8での反射光から得られた測色データの明度が最も高くなる基準位置での支持部材8から測色部10までの高さZ0は変化しないため、記録シート100の被測定面101で反射させて測色した測色データに関連付ける反射位置データとして、基準位置Z0(支持部材8からの高さZoでの位置)からの測色部10の変位量としてもよい。これにより、記録シート100の明度が最も高くなる測色データに関連付けられた反射位置データを直接記録シート100の厚さとして取得することができる。 The height Zm from the surface of the support member 8 to the color measuring unit 10 is set as the measurement position, but the support member at the reference position where the brightness of the color measurement data obtained from the reflected light of the support member 8 is the highest. Since the height Z0 from 8 to the color measuring unit 10 does not change, the reference position Z0 (from the support member 8) is used as the reflection position data associated with the color measurement data reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 and measured. It may be the amount of displacement of the color measuring unit 10 from the position at the height Zo). As a result, the reflection position data associated with the color measurement data having the highest brightness of the recording sheet 100 can be directly acquired as the thickness of the recording sheet 100.

このように本実施形態では、制御部210は、変更部40を制御して記録シート100の被測定面101とは反対面側を支持する支持部材8の表面で反射した光を受光部30が受光した際の明度が最も高くなる測色部10の位置から支持部材8の表面までの距離を基準位置に設定し、基準位置と記録シート100の被測定面101の測色位置とに基づいて、記録シート100の厚さを取得するようにした。このため、記録シート100の厚さを測定するセンサー等が別途不要となって、コストを低減することができると共に、センサーを配置するスペースも不要となって小型化を図ることができる。また、記録シート100の厚さを取得することで、変更部40によって記録シート100と記録ヘッド1との間隔であるペーパーギャップを高精度に制御することができる。したがって、高精度な印刷を実現することができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the control unit 210 controls the change unit 40, and the light receiving unit 30 receives the light reflected on the surface of the support member 8 that supports the side opposite to the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. The distance from the position of the color measuring unit 10 where the brightness is highest when light is received to the surface of the support member 8 is set as the reference position, and based on the reference position and the color measurement position of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. , The thickness of the recording sheet 100 was acquired. Therefore, a sensor or the like for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is not required separately, the cost can be reduced, and the space for arranging the sensor is not required, so that the size can be reduced. Further, by acquiring the thickness of the recording sheet 100, the paper gap, which is the distance between the recording sheet 100 and the recording head 1, can be controlled with high accuracy by the changing unit 40. Therefore, high-precision printing can be realized.

また、本実施形態では、さらに、記録シート100のインク滴が着弾されていない非着弾領域、すなわち、非印刷領域を測色して紙白値を特定し、この紙白値と上述した記録シート100の厚さとから、記録シート100を特定するようにしてもよい。 Further, in the present embodiment, the non-landing area where the ink droplets of the recording sheet 100 are not landed, that is, the non-printing area is measured to specify the paper white value, and the paper white value and the above-mentioned recording sheet are specified. The recording sheet 100 may be specified from the thickness of 100.

ちなみに、記録シートは、製造するメーカーや用途によって材料、厚さが異なる複数種類が存在する。このため記録シートの厚さと、測色部10が測色した紙白値とに基づいて、記録シートを特定することができる。そして、記録シートを特定することによって、特定した記録シートに最適な印刷設定を行うことができる。例えば、複数種類の記録シートの厚さ及び紙白値と、各記録シートに最適な印刷設定とをデータとして予め蓄積しておき、記録シートの厚さと紙白値から記録シートを特定することで、特定した記録シートに最適な印刷設定を呼び出すことができる。また、例えば、過去に測色部10によって測色した紙白値及び厚さと、その記録シートに印刷する際にユーザーが設定した印刷設定とを記憶しておき、紙白値及び厚さから過去に測色及び印刷した記録シートと同じ記録シートが検出された際に、過去に設定した印刷設定を呼び出すようにしてもよい。 By the way, there are multiple types of recording sheets with different materials and thicknesses depending on the manufacturer and application. Therefore, the recording sheet can be specified based on the thickness of the recording sheet and the whiteness value of the paper measured by the color measuring unit 10. Then, by specifying the recording sheet, the optimum print setting can be set for the specified recording sheet. For example, the thickness and whiteness value of multiple types of recording sheets and the optimum print settings for each recording sheet are stored in advance as data, and the recording sheet is specified from the thickness and whiteness value of the recording sheet. , You can recall the best print settings for the specified recording sheet. Further, for example, the paper white value and thickness measured by the color measuring unit 10 in the past and the print setting set by the user when printing on the recording sheet are stored, and the past from the paper white value and thickness. When the same recording sheet as the color-measured and printed recording sheet is detected, the print settings set in the past may be recalled.

なお、記録シートは、材料や厚さなどの種類によって、色再現性、インクの吸収性、インクの着弾によるよれの生じ易さ、乾燥時間などが異なる。したがって、記録シートを特定することで、インクジェット式記録装置Iが使用する複数の要素色、例えば、シアン(C)、マゼンダ(M)、イエロー(Y)、ブラック(K)の比率に基づく色再現性や、インク滴の重量(打ち込み量)や、ペーパーギャップ(PG)、キャリッジ3の移動速度、紙送り速度などを記録シートに最適なものに設定することができる。ちなみに、色再現性については、印刷設定によって呼び出した後、測色部10によって測色した結果に基づいて補正するようにしてもよい。 The recording sheet has different color reproducibility, ink absorbency, susceptibility to kinking due to ink impact, drying time, etc., depending on the type of material, thickness, and the like. Therefore, by specifying the recording sheet, color reproduction based on the ratio of a plurality of element colors used by the inkjet recording apparatus I, for example, cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black (K). It is possible to set the properties, the weight of ink droplets (driving amount), the paper gap (PG), the moving speed of the carriage 3, the paper feeding speed, and the like to be optimal for the recording sheet. Incidentally, the color reproducibility may be corrected based on the result of color measurement by the color measuring unit 10 after being called by the print setting.

なお、記録シート100を特定した後は、特定した記録シート100に最適な印刷設定を自動的に行わなくてもよい。例えば、厚さと紙白値から特定した記録シートが、前回使用した記録シートとは異なることを検出したら、印刷設定を再設定するようにユーザーに警告を発するようにしてもよい。これによっても、種類の異なる記録シートに同じ印刷設定で印刷するのを抑制して、印刷不良が生じるのを抑制することができる。 After specifying the recording sheet 100, it is not necessary to automatically set the optimum print settings for the specified recording sheet 100. For example, if it is detected that the recording sheet specified from the thickness and the whiteness value is different from the recording sheet used last time, the user may be warned to reset the print setting. This also suppresses printing on different types of recording sheets with the same print settings, and suppresses the occurrence of printing defects.

このように、制御部210は、測色部10によって取得した記録シート100の厚さと、測色部10が測色した記録シート100のインクが着弾されていない非着弾領域の測色結果である紙白値と、に基づいて、記録シート100を特定することで、記録シート100に最適な印刷設定を行うことができると共に、印刷不良が発生するのを抑制することができる。 As described above, the control unit 210 is the color measurement result of the thickness of the recording sheet 100 acquired by the color measurement unit 10 and the non-landing region where the ink of the recording sheet 100 measured by the color measurement unit 10 is not landed. By specifying the recording sheet 100 based on the paper white value, it is possible to set the optimum printing settings for the recording sheet 100 and suppress the occurrence of printing defects.

(実施形態3)
図15〜図17は、本発明の実施形態3に係る液体噴射装置の一例であるインクジェット式記録装置の要部側面図である。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の部材には同一の符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
(Embodiment 3)
15 to 17 are side views of a main part of an inkjet recording device which is an example of the liquid injection device according to the third embodiment of the present invention. The same members as those in the above-described embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted.

図15に示すように、本実施形態の変更部40は、被測定面101の面方向における投光部20と受光部30との間隔を変更する。本実施形態では、変更部40は、投光部20を受光部30に対して第2の方向Yに移動する。 As shown in FIG. 15, the changing unit 40 of the present embodiment changes the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the plane direction of the surface to be measured 101. In the present embodiment, the changing unit 40 moves the light emitting unit 20 in the second direction Y with respect to the light receiving unit 30.

具体的には、変更部40は、キャリッジ3に固定されて投光部20を第2の方向Yに移動可能に保持する投光部保持部41と、投光部保持部41を移動させる投光部駆動部42と、を具備する。 Specifically, the changing unit 40 is a projection unit that is fixed to the carriage 3 and holds the projection unit 20 so as to be movable in the second direction Y, and a projection unit that moves the projection unit holding unit 41. The optical unit drive unit 42 is provided.

投光部駆動部42は、投光部保持部41をキャリッジ3に対して第2の方向Yに移動することができれば特に限定されず、例えば、モーターや電磁石等を用いることができる。本実施形態では、投光部駆動部42として、投光部保持部41にプランジャの先端を当接させて、プランジャを第2の方向Yに移動可能なソレノイドを用いるようにした。また、変更部40には、特に図示していないが、投光部保持部41の移動距離を検出することができるリニアエンコーダー等の移動距離検出手段が設けられている。 The light projecting unit driving unit 42 is not particularly limited as long as the light emitting unit holding unit 41 can be moved in the second direction Y with respect to the carriage 3, and for example, a motor, an electromagnet, or the like can be used. In the present embodiment, as the light projecting unit driving unit 42, a solenoid is used in which the tip of the plunger is brought into contact with the light projecting unit holding unit 41 so that the plunger can be moved in the second direction Y. Further, although not particularly shown, the changing unit 40 is provided with a moving distance detecting means such as a linear encoder capable of detecting the moving distance of the light projecting unit holding unit 41.

このような変更部40によって、図15〜図17に示すように、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔を変更することで、記録シート100上の被測定面101上における反射光の反射位置を変更することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 15 to 17, such a changing unit 40 changes the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y, so that the measured surface 101 on the recording sheet 100 is measured. The reflection position of the reflected light on the top can be changed.

図15に示すように、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(被測定面101から記録ヘッド1の噴射面までの距離)が基準の値である場合に、投光部20と受光部30との間隔w1において、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致し、受光部30は最も高い明度の測色データを測定することができる。すなわち、図15に示されるような投光部20、受光部30及び被測定面101の相対位置関係が、被測定面101を精度よく測色できる基準の相対位置である。 As shown in FIG. 15, when the height (distance from the measured surface 101 to the injection surface of the recording head 1) of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z is a reference value. At the distance w1 between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30, the central axis of the light flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101. The light receiving unit 30 can measure the color measurement data having the highest brightness. That is, the relative positional relationship between the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 as shown in FIG. 15 is a reference relative position at which the measured surface 101 can be accurately color-measured.

これに対して、図16に示すように、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(距離)が図15に示す例より低い(短い)場合、投光部20と受光部30との間隔w1では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致せず、受光部30は被測定面101上の照度の低い領域からの反射光を受光するため、図15に示す例より図16に示す例の方が受光部30で測定される明度が低くなる。本実施形態では、変更部制御部302が変更部40を制御して、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔を変更しながら、測色部制御部300が測色部10を制御して被測定面101の測色し、測色処理部301によって表色系で数値化して測色データを生成して、測色データは反射位置データと関連付けられて記憶部212に記憶される。本実施形態では、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔が反射位置データである。次に、複数の測色データから明度判定部303が最も高い明度となる測色データを判定する。図16に示される記録シート100の場合、投光部20と受光部30との間隔が間隔w1よりも狭い間隔w2で、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致し、受光部30は最も高い明度の測色データを測定することができる。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 16, when the height (distance) of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z is lower (shorter) than the example shown in FIG. 15, the light projecting unit At the distance w1 between the light receiving unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30, the central axis of the light flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 Receives reflected light from a region of low illuminance on the surface to be measured 101, so that the example shown in FIG. 16 has a lower brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 than the example shown in FIG. In the present embodiment, the changing unit control unit 302 controls the changing unit 40, and the color measuring unit control unit 300 measures the color while changing the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y. The unit 10 is controlled to measure the color of the surface to be measured 101, and the color measurement processing unit 301 digitizes it in the color system to generate color measurement data. The color measurement data is associated with the reflection position data and is stored in the storage unit 212. Is remembered in. In the present embodiment, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y is the reflection position data. Next, the brightness determination unit 303 determines the color measurement data having the highest brightness from the plurality of color measurement data. In the case of the recording sheet 100 shown in FIG. 16, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is narrower than the distance w1, and the central axis of the light flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving optics of the light receiving unit 30. The optical axis of the system 31 coincides with the surface to be measured 101, and the light receiving unit 30 can measure the color measurement data having the highest brightness.

同様に、図17に示すように、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(距離)が図15に示す例より高い(長い)場合、投光部20と受光部30との間隔w1では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致せず、受光部30は被測定面101上の照度の低い領域からの反射光を受光するため、図15に示す例より図17に示す例の方が受光部30で測定される明度が低くなる。このような場合も、前述のように投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔を変更しながら測色した複数の測色データから最も高い明度となる測色データを判定する。図17に示される記録シート100の場合、投光部20と受光部30との間隔が間隔w1よりも広い間隔w3で、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致し、受光部30は最も高い明度の測色データを測定することができる。 Similarly, as shown in FIG. 17, when the height (distance) of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z is higher (longer) than the example shown in FIG. 15, the light projecting unit 20 is used. At the distance w1 from the light receiving unit 30, the central axis of the light flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 is covered. Since the reflected light from the low illuminance region on the measurement surface 101 is received, the brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 is lower in the example shown in FIG. 17 than in the example shown in FIG. Even in such a case, the color measurement data having the highest brightness is determined from the plurality of color measurement data measured while changing the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y as described above. do. In the case of the recording sheet 100 shown in FIG. 17, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is wider than the distance w1, and the central axis of the light flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving optics of the light receiving unit 30. The optical axis of the system 31 coincides with the surface to be measured 101, and the light receiving unit 30 can measure the color measurement data having the highest brightness.

図15に示すように基準の間隔w1での測色データの明度が高いと判定された場合は、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の被測定面101からの高さは基準の高さであるから、さらに測色部10を移動させる必要が無くその位置が測色位置となる。しかし上述したように、基準の間隔w1とは異なる間隔での測色データの明度が高いと判定された場合は、基準の間隔w1から測色データの明度が高いと判定された測色データに関連づけられた反射位置データである間隔w2、w3までの変位量から、測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの現在の高さと基準の高さとの差を算出することで、図16及び図17において測色部10を被測定面101からの現在の高さから基準高さに移動することができる。色変換情報を生成するため測色を行う前に、被測定面101からの測色部10の高さを基準高さにするとともに、投光部20と受光部30との間隔を基準の間隔である間隔w1に変更することで、図16及び図17に示される記録シート100においても、測色部10を被測定面101から基準高さで、投光部20と受光部30との間隔を基準の位置である間隔w1にして、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸を、被測定面101上で受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸と一致させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 15, when it is determined that the brightness of the color measurement data at the reference interval w1 is high, the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z is the reference height. Therefore, it is not necessary to further move the color measuring unit 10, and the position becomes the color measuring position. However, as described above, when it is determined that the brightness of the color measurement data is high at an interval different from the reference interval w1, the color measurement data determined to have high brightness from the reference interval w1 is used. By calculating the difference between the current height of the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 and the reference height from the amount of displacement up to the intervals w2 and w3, which are the associated reflection position data. 16 and 17, the color measuring unit 10 can be moved from the current height from the measured surface 101 to the reference height. Before performing color measurement to generate color conversion information, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the surface to be measured 101 is set as the reference height, and the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is used as the reference distance. By changing to the interval w1, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 at the reference height of the color measuring unit 10 from the surface to be measured 101 also in the recording sheet 100 shown in FIGS. Is set to the interval w1 which is a reference position, and the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 can be aligned with the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the surface to be measured 101.

すなわち、図15〜図17に示すように記録シート100の厚さにばらつきがあっても、測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さを常に同じ基準高さで、投光部20と受光部30との間隔を常に同じ基準の間隔w1で、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを記録シート100上で合わせて最も高い明度で測色することができるため、測定条件にばらつきが生じるのを抑制して明度にばらつきが生じるのを抑制することができ、高精度な測色を行うことができる。すなわち、図16に示す測色部10の被測定面101からの高さは、図15の基準高さよりも低いため、投光部20と受光部30との間隔を変更して被測定面101上で投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを一致させても、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さが低いままで測色を行うと、基準高さで測色を行った場合に比べて測色される明度が高くなる。同様に、図17に示す測色部10の被測定面101からの高さは、図15に示す基準高さよりも高いため、投光部20と受光部30との間隔を変更して被測定面101上で投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを一致させても、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さが高いままで測色を行うと、基準高さで測色を行った場合に比べて測色される明度は低くなる。したがって、間隔w1から間隔w2、w3への変位量に基づいて測色部10の被測定面101からの現在の高さと基準の高さとの差を算出して、測色部10を基準高さに移動し投光部20と受光部30との間隔を基準の間隔w1にすることで、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて記録シート100を精度よく測色することができ、測色する明度のばらつきを抑制することができる。 That is, even if the thickness of the recording sheet 100 varies as shown in FIGS. 15 to 17, the height of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 is always the same reference height. The central axis of the luminous flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are recorded on the recording sheet 100 at the same reference distance w1 between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30. Since the color can be measured at the highest brightness in combination with the above, it is possible to suppress the variation in the measurement conditions and suppress the variation in the brightness, and it is possible to perform high-precision color measurement. That is, since the height of the color measuring unit 10 shown in FIG. 16 from the measured surface 101 is lower than the reference height of FIG. 15, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is changed to change the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 to be measured. Even if the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are aligned with each other, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 remains low. When the color is measured up to, the brightness measured is higher than when the color is measured at the reference height. Similarly, since the height of the color measuring unit 10 shown in FIG. 17 from the measured surface 101 is higher than the reference height shown in FIG. 15, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is changed to be measured. Even if the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the surface 101 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are aligned with each other, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 is still high. If the color is measured while it is still high, the brightness measured will be lower than when the color is measured at the reference height. Therefore, the difference between the current height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 and the reference height is calculated based on the amount of displacement from the interval w1 to the intervals w2 and w3, and the color measuring unit 10 is set to the reference height. By moving to and setting the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 as the reference distance w1, the relative positions of the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30 and the measured surface 101 are arranged at the reference position for recording. The color of the sheet 100 can be measured with high accuracy, and the variation in the brightness to be measured can be suppressed.

なお、反射位置データである投光部20と受光部30との間隔w1〜w3は、本実施形態では、第2の方向Yにおける投光部20の光源用光学系22の中心位置と、受光部30の受光用光学系31の中心位置との間隔とした。もちろん、これに限定されず、投光部20及び受光部30の外装の間隔であってもよく、基準となる目印の間隔であってもよい。さらに、移動距離検出手段が検出する投光部保持部41の移動可能な範囲の何れか1点を基準として移動している場合には、この基準からの相対的な移動距離であってもよい。 In the present embodiment, the distances w1 to w3 between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30, which are the reflection position data, are the center position of the light source optical system 22 of the light emitting unit 20 in the second direction Y and the light receiving light. The distance from the center position of the light receiving optical system 31 of the unit 30 was set. Of course, the distance is not limited to this, and may be the distance between the exteriors of the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30, or may be the distance between the reference marks. Further, when moving with reference to any one of the movable ranges of the light projecting unit holding unit 41 detected by the moving distance detecting means, the moving distance may be relative to this reference. ..

また、上述した実施形態2と同様に、記録シート100の厚さを測定する場合には、投光部20と受光部30との間隔と、測色部10の支持部材8からの第3の方向Zの高さとを関連付けた変換テーブルを用意し、変換テーブルに基づいて、支持部材8の表面と記録シート100の被測定面101とのそれぞれで最も高い明度の測色データを測定した投光部20と受光部30との間隔から測色部10の支持部材8からの高さをそれぞれ参照して、それらの高さの差分から記録シート100の厚さを測定すればよい。 Further, as in the second embodiment described above, when measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 and the third from the support member 8 of the color measuring unit 10 A conversion table associated with the height of the direction Z is prepared, and based on the conversion table, the color projection data having the highest brightness on each of the surface of the support member 8 and the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured. The height of the color measuring unit 10 from the support member 8 may be referred to from the distance between the unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30, and the thickness of the recording sheet 100 may be measured from the difference between the heights.

このように本実施形態では、変更部40は、被測定面101の面方向における投光部20と受光部30との間隔、すなわち、第2の方向Yの間隔を変更するようにした。これによっても、記録シート100の被測定面101における反射光の反射位置を変更することができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the changing unit 40 changes the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the surface direction of the surface to be measured 101, that is, the distance in the second direction Y. This also makes it possible to change the reflected position of the reflected light on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100.

なお、本実施形態では、変更部40は、投光部20の受光部30に対する第2の方向Yの位置を変更するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、受光部30の投光部20に対する第2の方向Yの位置を変更するようにしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the changing unit 40 changes the position of the light emitting unit 20 in the second direction Y with respect to the light receiving unit 30, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the light emitting unit 30 of the light emitting unit 30 is not particularly limited to this. The position of the second direction Y with respect to 20 may be changed.

(実施形態4)
図18〜図20は、本発明の実施形態4に係る液体噴射装置の一例であるインクジェット式記録装置の要部側面図である。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の部材には同一の符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
(Embodiment 4)
18 to 20 are side views of a main part of an inkjet recording device which is an example of the liquid injection device according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. The same members as those in the above-described embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted.

図18に示すように、本実施形態の変更部40は、第3の方向Zと、投光部20から受光部30に向かう方向、本実施形態では、第2の方向Yと、を含む方向において、投光部20の照射角度を変更する。言い換えると、第1の方向Xに平行な軸を回転軸として投光部20の照射角度を変更する。 As shown in FIG. 18, the modified unit 40 of the present embodiment includes a third direction Z, a direction from the light emitting unit 20 toward the light receiving unit 30, and a second direction Y in the present embodiment. In, the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is changed. In other words, the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is changed with the axis parallel to the first direction X as the rotation axis.

具体的には、変更部40は、キャリッジ3に固定されて投光部20を第3の方向Zと第2の方向Yとを含む方向において回転可能に保持する投光部保持部41Aと、投光部保持部41を回転させる投光部駆動部42Aと、を具備する。 Specifically, the changing unit 40 includes a light emitting unit holding unit 41A, which is fixed to the carriage 3 and rotatably holds the light emitting unit 20 in a direction including the third direction Z and the second direction Y. It is provided with a light projecting unit driving unit 42A that rotates the light projecting unit holding unit 41.

投光部駆動部42Aは、投光部保持部41Aを回転することができれば特に限定されず、例えば、モーター等を用いることができる。また、変更部40には、特に図示していないが、投光部保持部41Aの回転角度を検出することができるロータリーエンコーダー等の投光部回転角度検出手段が設けられている。 The light projecting unit driving unit 42A is not particularly limited as long as the light projecting unit holding unit 41A can be rotated, and for example, a motor or the like can be used. Further, although not particularly shown, the changing unit 40 is provided with a light projecting unit rotation angle detecting means such as a rotary encoder capable of detecting the rotation angle of the light projecting unit holding unit 41A.

このような変更部40によって、投光部20を回転させることで、投光部20から照射される照射光の角度を変更して、記録シート100の被測定面101上における反射光の反射位置を変更することができる。 By rotating the light projecting unit 20 by such a changing unit 40, the angle of the irradiation light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is changed, and the reflected position of the reflected light on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is changed. Can be changed.

図18に示すように、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(被測定面101から測色部10までの距離)が基準の値である場合に、投光部20の照射角度θ1(ここでは、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と被測定面101の法線との角度)において、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸が、被測定面101上で受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸と一致し、受光部30は最も高い明度の測色データを測定することができる。すなわち、図18に示されるような投光部20、受光部30及び被測定面101の相対位置関係が、被測定面101を精度よく測色できる基準の配置である。 As shown in FIG. 18, when the height (distance from the measured surface 101 to the color measuring unit 10) of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z is a reference value, the light is thrown. At the irradiation angle θ1 of the light unit 20 (here, the angle between the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the normal line of the measured surface 101), the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is On the surface to be measured 101, the light receiving unit 30 coincides with the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31, and the light receiving unit 30 can measure the color measurement data having the highest brightness. That is, the relative positional relationship between the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 as shown in FIG. 18 is a reference arrangement that enables accurate color measurement of the measured surface 101.

これに対して、図19に示すように、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(距離)が図18に示す例より短い(低い)場合、投光部20の照射角度θ1では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致せず、受光部30は被測定面101上の照度の低い領域からの反射光を受光するため、受光部30で測定される明度が低くなる。本実施形態では、変更部制御部302が変更部40を制御して、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と被測定面101の法線との角度(照射角度)を変更しながら、測色部制御部300が測色部10を制御して被測定面101の測色し、測色処理部301によって表色系で数値化して測色データを生成して、測色データは反射位置データと関連付けられて記憶部212に記憶される。本実施形態では、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と被測定面101の法線との角度が反射位置データである。次に、複数の測色データから明度判定部303が最も高い明度となる測色データを判定する。図19に示される記録シート100の場合、投光部20の照射角度が、照射角度θ1よりも大きい照射角度θ2(ここでは、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と被測定面101の法線との角度)で、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致し、受光部30は最も高い明度の測色データを測定することができる。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 19, when the height (distance) of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z is shorter (lower) than the example shown in FIG. 18, the light projecting unit At the irradiation angle θ1 of 20, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 is the measured surface. Since the reflected light from the low illuminance region on 101 is received, the brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 is lowered. In the present embodiment, the changing unit control unit 302 controls the changing unit 40 to change the angle (irradiation angle) between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the normal line of the measured surface 101. The color measurement unit control unit 300 controls the color measurement unit 10 to measure the color of the surface to be measured 101, and the color measurement processing unit 301 digitizes the color measurement data in the color system to generate the color measurement data. It is stored in the storage unit 212 in association with the reflection position data. In the present embodiment, the angle between the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the normal line of the measured surface 101 is the reflection position data. Next, the brightness determination unit 303 determines the color measurement data having the highest brightness from the plurality of color measurement data. In the case of the recording sheet 100 shown in FIG. 19, the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is larger than the irradiation angle θ1 (here, the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the surface to be measured 101). The central axis of the luminous flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 is the highest. It is possible to measure the color measurement data of lightness.

同様に、図20に示すように、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(距離)が図18に示す例より高い(長い)場合、投光部20の照射角度θ1では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致せず、受光部30は被測定面101上の照度の低い領域からの反射光を受光するため、受光部30で測定される明度が低くなる。このような場合も、前述のように投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と被測定面101の法線との角度(照射角度)を変更しながら測色した複数の測色データから最も高い明度となる測色データを判定する。図20に示される記録シート100の場合、投光部20の照射角度が、照射角度θ1よりも小さい照射角度θ3で、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致し、受光部30は最も高い明度の測色データを測定することができる。 Similarly, as shown in FIG. 20, when the height (distance) of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z is higher (longer) than the example shown in FIG. 18, the light projecting unit 20 At the irradiation angle θ1, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 is on the measured surface 101. Since the reflected light is received from the region where the illuminance is low, the brightness measured by the light receiving unit 30 is lowered. Even in such a case, from a plurality of color measurement data measured while changing the angle (irradiation angle) between the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the normal line of the measured surface 101 as described above. Determine the color measurement data that has the highest brightness. In the case of the recording sheet 100 shown in FIG. 20, the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is smaller than the irradiation angle θ1, and the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving optical system of the light receiving unit 30. The optical axis of 31 coincides with the surface to be measured 101, and the light receiving unit 30 can measure color measurement data having the highest brightness.

図18に示すように基準の位置である照射角度θ1での測色データの明度が高い場合は、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の被測定面101からの高さは基準の高さであるから、さらに測色部10を移動させる必要が無くその位置が測色位置となる。しかし上述したように基準の照射角度θ1から照射角度θ2、θ3までの変位量から、測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの現在の高さと基準の高さとの差を算出することで、図19及び図20において測色部10を被測定面101からの現在の高さから基準高さに移動することができる。色変換情報を生成するため測色を行う前に、被測定面101からの測色部10の高さを基準高さにするとともに、投光部20の照射角度を基準の照射角度である照射角度θ1に変更することで、図19及び図20に示される記録シート100においても、測色部10を被測定面101から基準高さで、投光部20の照射角度をθ1にして、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸を、被測定面101上で受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸と一致させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 18, when the brightness of the color measurement data at the irradiation angle θ1 which is the reference position is high, the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the measured surface 101 in the third direction Z is the reference height. Therefore, it is not necessary to further move the color measuring unit 10, and the position becomes the color measuring position. However, as described above, the difference between the current height of the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 and the reference height is obtained from the displacement amount from the reference irradiation angle θ1 to the irradiation angles θ2 and θ3. By calculation, the color measuring unit 10 can be moved from the current height from the measured surface 101 to the reference height in FIGS. 19 and 20. Before performing color measurement to generate color conversion information, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the surface to be measured 101 is set as the reference height, and the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is the reference irradiation angle. By changing to the angle θ1, even in the recording sheet 100 shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, the color measuring unit 10 is set to the reference height from the surface to be measured 101, and the irradiation angle of the light emitting unit 20 is set to θ1. The central axis of the light beam emitted from the light unit 20 can be aligned with the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the surface to be measured 101.

すなわち、図18〜図20に示すように記録シート100の厚さにばらつきがあっても、測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さを常に同じ基準高さで、投光部20からの照射角度を常に同じ基準の照射角度θ1で、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを記録シート100上で合わせて最も高い明度で測色することができるため、測定条件にばらつきが生じるのを抑制して明度にばらつきが生じるのを抑制することができ、高精度な測色を行うことができる。すなわち、図19に示す測色部10の被測定面101からの高さは、図18の基準高さよりも低いため、投光部20の照射角度を変更して被測定面101上で投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを一致させても、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さが低いままで測色を行うと、基準高さで測色を行った場合に比べて測色される明度が高くなる。同様に、図20に示す測色部10の被測定面101からの高さは、図18に示す基準高さよりも高いため、投光部20の照射角度を変更して被測定面101上で投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを一致させても、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さが高いままで測色を行うと、基準高さで測色を行った場合に比べて測色される明度は低くなる。したがって、投光部20の照射角度θ1から照射角度θ2、θ3への変位量に基づいて測色部10の被測定面101からの現在の高さと基準の高さとの差を算出して、測色部10を基準高さに移動し投光部20の照射角度を基準の照射角度θ1にすることで、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて記録シート100を精度よく測色することができ、測色する明度のばらつきを抑制することができる。 That is, even if the thickness of the recording sheet 100 varies as shown in FIGS. 18 to 20, the height of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 is always the same reference height. The central axis of the luminous flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are aligned on the recording sheet 100 with the irradiation angle from the light emitting unit 20 always set to the same reference irradiation angle θ1. Since the color can be measured at the highest brightness, it is possible to suppress the variation in the measurement conditions and suppress the variation in the brightness, and it is possible to perform the color measurement with high accuracy. That is, since the height of the color measuring unit 10 shown in FIG. 19 from the measured surface 101 is lower than the reference height of FIG. 18, the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is changed to project light on the measured surface 101. Even if the central axis of the light beam emitted from the unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are aligned, the color measurement is performed while the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 remains low. If this is done, the brightness measured will be higher than when the color is measured at the reference height. Similarly, since the height of the color measuring unit 10 shown in FIG. 20 from the measured surface 101 is higher than the reference height shown in FIG. 18, the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is changed on the measured surface 101. Even if the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are aligned, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 remains high. When color is applied, the brightness measured is lower than when the color is measured at the reference height. Therefore, the difference between the current height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 and the reference height is calculated and measured based on the amount of displacement from the irradiation angle θ1 of the light projecting unit 20 to the irradiation angles θ2 and θ3. By moving the color unit 10 to the reference height and setting the irradiation angle of the light emitting unit 20 to the reference irradiation angle θ1, the relative position between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 and the measured surface 101 is set to the reference position. The recording sheet 100 can be arranged and the color of the recording sheet 100 can be measured with high accuracy, and the variation in the brightness to be measured can be suppressed.

なお、反射位置データである投光部20の照射角度θ1〜θ3は、本実施形態では、第3の方向Z(被測定面101の法線)に対する照射光の角度(投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸の角度)とした。もちろん、これに限定されず、投光部20からの光束の中心軸が第3の方向Zに対して45度となる照射角度を基準として、これに対する角度としてもよい。また、本実施形態では、投光部20を回転させるようにしたが、投光部20に設けられた光源21及び光源用光学系22のみを回転させるようにしてもよく、光源用光学系22としてプリズムや反射鏡等を設け、これらを回転させるようにしてもよい。 In this embodiment, the irradiation angles θ1 to θ3 of the light projecting unit 20 which are the reflection position data are the angles of the irradiation light (irradiation from the light projecting unit 20) with respect to the third direction Z (normal line of the measured surface 101). The angle of the central axis of the light beam to be formed). Of course, the present invention is not limited to this, and the angle may be set with respect to the irradiation angle at which the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is 45 degrees with respect to the third direction Z. Further, in the present embodiment, the light projecting unit 20 is rotated, but only the light source 21 and the light source optical system 22 provided in the light projecting unit 20 may be rotated, and the light source optical system 22 may be rotated. A prism, a reflecting mirror, or the like may be provided so as to rotate them.

また、上述した実施形態2と同様に、記録シート100の厚さを測定する場合には、投光部20の回転角度と、測色部10の支持部材8からの第3の方向Zの高さとを関連付けた変換テーブルを用意し、変換テーブルに基づいて、支持部材8の表面と記録シート100の被測定面101とのそれぞれで最も高い明度の測色データを測定した投光部20の回転角度から測色部10の支持部材8からの高さをそれぞれ参照して、それらの高さの差分からと記録シート100の厚さを測定すればよい。 Further, as in the second embodiment described above, when measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100, the rotation angle of the light projecting unit 20 and the height in the third direction Z from the support member 8 of the color measuring unit 10 A conversion table associated with the above is prepared, and the rotation of the light projecting unit 20 that measures the highest brightness color measurement data on each of the surface of the support member 8 and the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 based on the conversion table. The height of the color measuring unit 10 from the support member 8 may be referred to from an angle, and the thickness of the recording sheet 100 may be measured from the difference between the heights.

このように本実施形態では、変更部40は、被測定面101の法線方向である第3の方向Zと、投光部20から受光部30に向かう第2の方向Yとを含む方向において、投光部20の照射角度を変更するようにした。これによっても、記録シート100の被測定面101における反射光の反射位置を変更することができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the changing unit 40 is in the direction including the third direction Z which is the normal direction of the surface to be measured 101 and the second direction Y from the light emitting unit 20 toward the light receiving unit 30. , The irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 was changed. This also makes it possible to change the reflected position of the reflected light on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100.

なお、本実施形態では、変更部40は、投光部20の照射角度を変更するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、投光部20からの光束の中心軸に一致する光を受光部30が受光できるように、受光部30の受光角度(被測定面101の法線に対する受光部30の受光用光学系31の角度)を変更するようにしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the changing unit 40 changes the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20, but the modification unit 40 is not particularly limited to this, and receives light corresponding to the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20. The light receiving angle of the light receiving unit 30 (the angle of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured 101) may be changed so that the unit 30 can receive light.

(実施形態5)
図21は、本発明の実施形態5に係る液体噴射装置の一例であるインクジェット式記録装置の駆動方法を説明するフローチャートであり、図22及び図23は、インクジェット式記録装置の要部側面図であり、図24〜図29は、照度分布を説明する図である。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の部材には同一の符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
(Embodiment 5)
21 is a flowchart illustrating a driving method of an inkjet recording device which is an example of the liquid injection device according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention, and FIGS. 22 and 23 are side views of a main part of the inkjet recording device. Yes, FIGS. 24 to 29 are diagrams illustrating the illuminance distribution. The same members as those in the above-described embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted.

図21に示すように、本実施形態の液体噴射装置の駆動方法は、ステップS11で、測色部10の第3の方向Zの位置が異なるn箇所(n≧2、nは自然数)で記録シート100の被測定面101を測色し、生成された測色データを測色位置(測色部10の第3の方向Zの位置)と関連付けて記憶部212に記憶する。本実施形態では、第3の方向Zで測色部10の位置が異なる2箇所(n=2)で測色する。具体的には、図22に示すように、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さが高さh1となる第1測色位置と、図23に示すように、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さが高さh2(h1≠h2)となる第2測色位置とで記録シート100の被測定面101を測色する。つまり、図22に示すように、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置(測色部10の高さをh1とした第1測色位置)に設定し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色する。具体的には、第1の測色位置で測色部10が測定した結果から表色系で数値化された第1の測色値(測色データ)を第1の測色位置と関連づけて記憶部212に記憶する。また、図23に示すように、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置(測色部10の高さをh2とした第2測色位置)に設定し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第2の測色値を測色する。具体的には、第2の測色位置で測色部10が測定した結果から表色系で数値化された第2の測色値(測色データ)を第2の測色位置と関連づけて記憶部212に記憶する。なお、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)と第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)とは、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔は基準の間隔であり、被測定面101の法線に対する投光部20から射出される光束の中心軸及び受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度は基準の角度で同じとしている。なお、基準となる厚さの記録シート100Aを用い、測色部10の被測定面101Aからの高さが基準の高さh0であり、被測定面101Aの法線に対する投光部20からの照射角度及び受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度が基準の角度であり、第2の方向Yにおける受光部30と投光部20との間隔が基準の間隔であり、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101A上で一致する、基準の相対位置の情報は、記憶部212に記憶されている。これにより、後述する色変換情報を生成するための測色位置において、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて記録シート100を精度よく測色することができ、記録シート100の厚みのばらつきによる測色精度のばらつきを抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 21, the driving method of the liquid injection device of the present embodiment is recorded in step S11 at n points (n ≧ 2, n is a natural number) where the positions of the third direction Z of the color measuring unit 10 are different. The measured surface 101 of the sheet 100 is color-measured, and the generated color-measurement data is stored in the storage unit 212 in association with the color-measurement position (position in the third direction Z of the color-measurement unit 10). In the present embodiment, the color is measured at two locations (n = 2) where the position of the color measuring unit 10 is different in the third direction Z. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 22, the first color measuring position where the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 is h1 and, as shown in FIG. 23, the color measuring unit 10 The color of the surface to be measured 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured at the second color measurement position where the height from the surface to be measured 101 is h2 (h1 ≠ h2). That is, as shown in FIG. 22, the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set to the first relative position (the first color measuring position where the height of the color measuring unit 10 is h1). The first color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured. Specifically, the first color measurement value (color measurement data) quantified in the color system from the result measured by the color measurement unit 10 at the first color measurement position is associated with the first color measurement position. It is stored in the storage unit 212. Further, as shown in FIG. 23, the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are placed in a second relative position different from the first relative position (the height of the color measuring unit 10 is h2). The color measurement position) is set, and the second color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured. Specifically, the second color measurement value (color measurement data) quantified in the color system from the result measured by the color measurement unit 10 at the second color measurement position is associated with the second color measurement position. It is stored in the storage unit 212. In the present embodiment, the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the second relative position (second color measurement position) are the second directions Y between the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30. The interval between the above is a reference interval, and the angles of the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal line of the measured surface 101 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are the same at the reference angle. It is supposed to be. Using a recording sheet 100A having a reference thickness, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101A is the reference height h0, and the height from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal line of the measured surface 101A. The irradiation angle and the angle of the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are reference angles, and the distance between the light receiving unit 30 and the light emitting unit 20 in the second direction Y is the reference distance. Information on the relative position of the reference, where the central axis of the light beam from the unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 match on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A as a reference, is stored in the storage unit 212. It is remembered in. As a result, in the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information described later, the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 are arranged at the reference positions, and the recording sheet 100 is accurately measured. Colors can be obtained, and variations in color measurement accuracy due to variations in the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be suppressed.

ここで、図24〜図26に示すように、投光部20から照射された光束の被測定面101上での照度分布が、光束の中心軸に対応する部分の照度が高く、光束の外周に対応する部分の照度が低い場合の測色について説明する。このような投光部20からの光束によって照射された被測定面101の測色を行うと、投光部20からの光束の中央部の光が反射される領域では高い明度が測定され、投光部20からの光束の中央部から離れた光が反射される領域ほど低い明度が測定される。したがって、図25に示すように、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致している場合に、照明領域と受光領域が概ね重なっているため、最も高い明度が測定される。これに対して、図24及び図26に示すように、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上でずれている場合には、照明領域と受光領域がずれるため、図25に比べて低い明度が測定される。 Here, as shown in FIGS. 24 to 26, the illuminance distribution of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the measured surface 101 has a high illuminance in the portion corresponding to the central axis of the luminous flux, and the outer periphery of the luminous flux is high. The color measurement when the illuminance of the part corresponding to the above is low will be described. When the color of the surface to be measured 101 irradiated with the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is measured, high brightness is measured in the region where the light in the center of the light beam from the light projecting unit 20 is reflected, and the light is projected. The lower the brightness is measured in the region where the light farther from the central portion of the light flux from the light portion 20 is reflected. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 25, when the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101, the illumination region and the illuminated area Since the light receiving areas generally overlap, the highest brightness is measured. On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 24 and 26, when the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are displaced on the measured surface 101. Since the illumination area and the light receiving area are displaced from each other, a lower brightness is measured as compared with FIG. 25.

一方、図27〜図29に示すように、投光部20からコリメート光が照射された場合、投光部20から照射された光束の被測定面101上での照度分布は、光束の中心軸から光束の周囲まで略一様となる。このような投光部20からの光束によって照射された被測定面101の測色を行うと、投光部20からの光束が反射される領域を含む領域を測定した場合には高い明度が測定され、投光部20からの光束が反射される領域の一部のみを含む領域を測定した場合には、照射されていない領域も受光部30が測色するため低い明度が測定される。したがって、図28に示すように、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致している場合に、照明領域と受光領域が概ね重なっているため、最も高い明度が測定される。これに対して、図27及び図29に示すように、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上でずれている場合には、照明領域と受光領域がずれるため、図28に比べて低い明度が測定される。 On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 27 to 29, when the collimated light is irradiated from the light projecting unit 20, the illuminance distribution of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the measured surface 101 is the central axis of the light beam. It becomes almost uniform from to the periphery of the luminous flux. When the color of the measured surface 101 irradiated with the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is measured, high brightness is measured when the area including the region where the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is reflected is measured. When the area including only a part of the area where the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is reflected is measured, the light receiving unit 30 measures the color of the unirradiated area, so that the low brightness is measured. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 28, when the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101, the illumination region and the illuminated area Since the light receiving areas generally overlap, the highest brightness is measured. On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 27 and 29, when the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are displaced on the measured surface 101. Since the illumination region and the light receiving region are displaced from each other, a lower brightness is measured as compared with FIG. 28.

以上のことから、投光部20から照度分布が存在する光束や、コリメート光に代表される照度分布が一様な光束の何れの光が照射された場合であっても、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致している場合に最も高い明度が測定される。 From the above, regardless of whether the light beam has an illuminance distribution from the light projecting unit 20 or a light beam having a uniform illuminance distribution represented by collimated light, the light projecting unit 20 emits light. The highest brightness is measured when the central axis of the light flux and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101.

なお、本実施形態では、投光部20から照射された光束による記録シート100の被測定面101における照射範囲に対して、受光部30による被測定面101における受光範囲は半分以上であるのが好ましい。例えば、投光部20からの光束の中心軸が被測定面101の法線に対して傾いている場合、被測定面101上の照明範囲の照度分布は投光部20から被測定面101までの距離が短いと高く、長いと低くなるため、受光部30の受光範囲が投光部20の照射範囲の半分よりも小さいと、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致していない相対位置で測定された明度判定値が、一致している相対位置で測定された明度判定位置よりも高くなり、正確に色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することができなくなるからである。ちなみに、投光部20から照射された光束による被測定面101の照射範囲とは、例えば、投光部20の光源用光学系22から仮定される光束の範囲、すなわち、光源用光学系22の外径に基づく仮想円中により得られる範囲とすることができる。同様に、受光部30による被測定面101の受光範囲とは、受光部30の受光用光学系31から仮定される光学系の受光範囲、すなわち、受光用光学系31の外径に基づく仮想円中により得られる範囲とすることができる。 In this embodiment, the light receiving range on the measured surface 101 by the light receiving unit 30 is more than half of the irradiation range on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 due to the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20. preferable. For example, when the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is tilted with respect to the normal line of the measured surface 101, the illuminance distribution of the illumination range on the measured surface 101 is from the light projecting unit 20 to the measured surface 101. If the light receiving range of the light receiving unit 30 is smaller than half of the irradiation range of the light projecting unit 20, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 receive light. The brightness determination value measured at a relative position where the optical axis of the optical system 31 does not match on the surface to be measured 101 is higher than the brightness determination position measured at the matching relative position, and is accurate. This is because it becomes impossible to set the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information. Incidentally, the irradiation range of the surface to be measured 101 by the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is, for example, the range of the light beam assumed from the light source optical system 22 of the light source unit 20, that is, the light source optical system 22. It can be the range obtained by the virtual circle based on the outer diameter. Similarly, the light receiving range of the surface 101 to be measured by the light receiving unit 30 is the light receiving range of the optical system assumed from the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30, that is, a virtual circle based on the outer diameter of the light receiving optical system 31. It can be in the range obtained by the inside.

また、第1測色位置及び第2測色位置での測色は、例えば、記録シート100の被測定面101の色、すなわち、記録シート100自体を測色してもよく、記録ヘッドから吐出されたインク滴を被測定面101上に着弾させる、いわゆる印刷を行ったパッチを測色してもよい。 Further, the color measurement at the first color measurement position and the second color measurement position may be performed by, for example, measuring the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100, that is, the recording sheet 100 itself, and ejecting the color from the recording head. The color of the so-called printed patch, in which the ink droplets are landed on the surface to be measured 101, may be measured.

次に、ステップS12で、測色値の明度が最も高い位置を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置に設定する。すなわち、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置である第1測色位置で測色した明度を判定する明度判定値L1が、第2の相対位置である第2測色位置で測色した明度を判定する明度判定値L2よりも高いため(L1>L2)、第1測色位置(第1の相対位置)を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置に設定する。具体的には、より高い明度判定値L1(第1の測色値)に関連付けられた第1測色位置を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置として記憶部212に設定する。 Next, in step S12, the position where the brightness of the color measurement value is the highest is set as the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information. That is, in the present embodiment, the lightness determination value L1 for determining the lightness measured at the first color measurement position, which is the first relative position, is the lightness measured at the second color measurement position, which is the second relative position. Since it is higher than the lightness determination value L2 (L1> L2), the first color measurement position (first relative position) is set as the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information. Specifically, the first color measurement position associated with the higher brightness determination value L1 (first color measurement value) is set in the storage unit 212 as the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information.

次に、ステップS13で、測色位置でパッチの測色を実行する。そして、ステップS14で、パッチの測色結果から色変換情報を生成する。その後は、色変換情報に基づいて色変換された印刷データ(画像データ)で印刷を実行する。なお、パッチは、記録ヘッド1から吐出されたインク滴を被測定面101上に着弾させる、いわゆる印刷を行うことで形成することができる。 Next, in step S13, the color measurement of the patch is executed at the color measurement position. Then, in step S14, color conversion information is generated from the color measurement result of the patch. After that, printing is executed with the print data (image data) that has been color-converted based on the color conversion information. The patch can be formed by performing so-called printing in which ink droplets ejected from the recording head 1 land on the surface to be measured 101.

このように、第1測色位置と第2測色位置とで測色を行い、明度が高い第1測色位置を測色位置としてパッチの測色を行うことで、測色精度を向上することができる。ちなみに、明度が低い第2測色位置でパッチの測色を行うと、明度が低いことから測色精度が低く、測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって画像データを色変換した際に、色の再現性が低下する。本実施携帯では、測色精度を向上することで、高い精度の測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって画像データを色変換することができ、色の再現性を向上することができる。 In this way, the color measurement accuracy is improved by performing color measurement at the first color measurement position and the second color measurement position, and performing color measurement of the patch with the first color measurement position having high brightness as the color measurement position. be able to. By the way, when the color measurement of the patch is performed at the second color measurement position where the lightness is low, the color measurement accuracy is low because the lightness is low, and when the image data is color-converted by the color conversion information based on the color measurement value, the color is changed. The reproducibility of is reduced. In the present implementation mobile phone, by improving the color measurement accuracy, the image data can be color-converted by the color conversion information based on the highly accurate color measurement value, and the color reproducibility can be improved.

なお、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)では、図22に示すように、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致した場合を例示したが、特にこれに限定されず、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)において、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致していない場合も本実施形態に含まれる。すなわち、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)における被測定面101上での投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離が、第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)での距離に比べて短ければよい。つまり、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との被測定面101上での距離が近づくほど、測色データの明度がより高くなるため、第2測色位置に比べて明度判定値が高い第1測色位置を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置に設定して測色を行うことで、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置により近づけて、第2測色位置で測色を行う場合に比べて高精度に測色を行うことができる。 In the present embodiment, in the first relative position (first color measurement position), as shown in FIG. 22, the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 The case where the optical axis of the light axis coincides with the measured surface 101 is illustrated, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 at the first relative position (first color measurement position). The present embodiment also includes a case where the central axis and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match on the measured surface 101. That is, the distance between the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the surface to be measured 101 at the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30. However, it suffices if it is shorter than the distance at the second relative position (second color measurement position). That is, the closer the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101, the higher the brightness of the color measurement data. Therefore, by setting the first color measurement position, which has a higher brightness determination value than the second color measurement position, to the color measurement position for generating color conversion information and performing color measurement, the light is received from the light projecting unit 20. By moving the relative position between the unit 30 and the surface to be measured 101 closer to the reference position, it is possible to perform color measurement with higher accuracy than when color measurement is performed at the second color measurement position.

また、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)と第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)との2箇所(n=2)で測色するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、3箇所以上の異なる相対位置で測色を行うようにしてもよい。すなわち、第3の方向Zの測色部10の被測定面101からの高さの異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行い、最も高い明度を測定した相対位置を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置(第1の相対位置)としてもよい。なお、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さの異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行った場合は、最も高い明度を測定した相対位置を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置に設定することが望ましいが、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置に、最も高い明度ではなくてもより高い明度を測定した相対位置を設定することもできる。この場合も、より低い明度を測定した相対位置を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置に設定した場合よりは、精度よく測色することができる。これにより、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離をできるだけ短くして、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置により近づけることで、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the color is measured at two points (n = 2), that is, the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the second relative position (second color measurement position). Not particularly limited to this, color measurement may be performed at three or more different relative positions. That is, in order to measure colors at a plurality of relative positions having different heights from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z, and to generate color conversion information at the relative positions where the highest brightness is measured. It may be the color measurement position (first relative position) of. When color measurement is performed at a plurality of relative positions of the color measurement unit 10 having different heights from the measured surface 101, the color measurement for generating color conversion information is performed at the relative position where the highest brightness is measured. It is desirable to set it to a position, but it is also possible to set a relative position where a higher lightness is measured, even if it is not the highest lightness, as a color measurement position for generating color conversion information. In this case as well, the color can be measured more accurately than when the relative position where the lower brightness is measured is set as the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information. As a result, the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is shortened as much as possible, and the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 are measured. By moving the relative position to and closer to the reference position, the color measurement accuracy can be improved.

また、3箇所以上の測色部10の被測定面101からの高さの異なる相対位置で測色した明度判定値に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置の設定を行うことによって、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを被測定面101上でできるだけ近づけてより高い精度で被測定面101を測色することができる。従って、より高い明度で高精度な測色を行うには、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さがの異なるできるだけ多くの相対位置で測色を行うのが好ましい。ただし、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さの異なる相対位置の測色を増やすことで、測色回数が増え、測色に時間がかかってしまう。したがって、事前に実験結果等に基づいて精度よく測色した場合の明度が分かっている場合には、それに基づいて閾値を設定し、第3の方向Zの測色部10の被測定面101からの高さの異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行い、所定の明度(閾値)よりも高い明度を測定した相対位置(第1の相対位置)を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置としてもよい。これにより、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを被測定面101上で所定の距離の範囲内に配置して、測色精度を高めることができると共に投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致するまで測色する必要がなく、測色回数を減らすことができ、測色に必要な時間を短縮することができる。 Further, by setting the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information based on the brightness determination value measured at the relative positions having different heights from the measured surface 101 of the color measurement unit 10 at three or more points. The central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 can be brought as close as possible on the measured surface 101 to measure the color of the measured surface 101 with higher accuracy. .. Therefore, in order to perform high-precision color measurement with higher brightness, it is preferable to perform color measurement at as many relative positions as possible with different heights from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10. However, by increasing the color measurement at the relative positions of the color measurement unit 10 having different heights from the measured surface 101, the number of color measurements increases and the color measurement takes time. Therefore, if the brightness when the color is measured accurately based on the experimental results or the like is known in advance, a threshold value is set based on the brightness, and the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z is used. Color measurement is performed at multiple relative positions with different heights, and the relative position (first relative position) where the brightness higher than the predetermined lightness (threshold) is measured is the color measurement position for generating color conversion information. May be. As a result, the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are arranged within a predetermined distance on the surface to be measured 101, and the color measurement accuracy is measured. It is not necessary to measure the color until the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 match on the surface to be measured 101. The number of colors can be reduced, and the time required for color measurement can be shortened.

以上説明したように、媒体である記録シート100に液体であるインクを噴射するインクジェット式記録ヘッドと、記録シート100の被測定面101に光を照射する投光部20と、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射された光を受光する受光部30とを備え、記録シート100の被測定面101を測色する測色部10と、を備える液体噴射装置の駆動方法であって、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置である第1測色位置に設定し、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射した光を受光部30で受光し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色し、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置である第2測色位置に設定し、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射した光を受光部30で受光し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す第2の測色値を測色し、第1の測色値の明度が第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、第1の相対位置である第1測色位置を測色位置に設定し、測色位置で測色した記録シート100の色又は記録シート100上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換する。 As described above, from the inkjet recording head that injects liquid ink onto the recording sheet 100 that is the medium, the light projecting unit 20 that irradiates the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 with light, and the light projecting unit 20. Drive of a liquid injection device including a light receiving unit 30 that receives light that is irradiated and reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100, and a color measuring unit 10 that measures the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. In this method, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set to the first color measurement position, which is the first relative position, and the surface 101 to be measured of the recording sheet 100 is irradiated from the light projecting unit 20. The light reflected by the light receiving unit 30 is received by the light receiving unit 30, and the first color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured, and the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are measured. Is set to the second color measurement position, which is a second relative position different from the first relative position, and the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is transmitted by the light receiving unit 30. When the light is received and the second color measurement value indicating the brightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured and the brightness of the first color measurement value is higher than the brightness of the second color measurement value, The first color measurement position, which is the first relative position, is set as the color measurement position, and the color of the recording sheet 100 measured at the color measurement position or the color based on the color measurement value of the patch printed on the recording sheet 100. The print data is color-converted by the conversion information.

このように第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置とで測色を行い、明度が高い第1の相対位置を測色位置として設定して、測色位置で記録シート100の色又は記録シート100上に印刷されたパッチを測色することで、高精度な測色を行うことができる。また、測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換することで、色再現性に優れた印刷を実現することができる。 In this way, color measurement is performed at the first relative position and the second relative position, the first relative position with high brightness is set as the color measurement position, and the color of the recording sheet 100 or the recording sheet is set at the color measurement position. By measuring the color of the patch printed on 100, highly accurate color measurement can be performed. Further, by color-converting the print data by the color conversion information based on the color measurement value, it is possible to realize printing with excellent color reproducibility.

また、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置との少なくとも2つの相対位置で測色を行えば良いため、測色時間を短縮することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the color measurement may be performed at at least two relative positions of the first relative position and the second relative position, the color measurement time can be shortened.

さらに、記録シート100は、種類によって厚みが異なるため、測色部10の支持部材8の支持面8aからの高さを固定したままでは、記録シート100の厚さによって測色部10の記録シート100の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さが異なってしまう。しかし本実施形態では、測色部10の記録シート100からの第3の方向Zの高さが異なる第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置とで測色を行い、より高い明度を測定した相対位置を、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置に設定できるから、記録シート100の厚さのばらつきによって、色変換情報を生成するために測色する測色位置での測色部10の被測定面101からの高さがばらつくことを抑制して、測色精度を向上することができる。 Further, since the thickness of the recording sheet 100 differs depending on the type, if the height of the support member 8 of the color measuring unit 10 from the support surface 8a is fixed, the recording sheet of the color measuring unit 10 depends on the thickness of the recording sheet 100. The height of the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of 100 is different. However, in the present embodiment, color measurement is performed at the first relative position and the second relative position where the height of the third direction Z from the recording sheet 100 of the color measurement unit 10 is different, and higher brightness is measured. Since the relative position can be set as the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information, the color measurement unit 10 at the color measurement position for color measurement for generating the color conversion information due to the variation in the thickness of the recording sheet 100. It is possible to suppress the variation in the height from the surface to be measured 101 and improve the color measurement accuracy.

また、投光部20と受光部30と媒体である記録シート100とを、第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置とを含み投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100との相対位置がそれぞれ異なる3箇所以上の複数の相対位置に設定し、複数の相対位置のそれぞれにおいて、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射した光を受光部30で受光し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す測色値を測色することが好ましい。これによれば、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離をできるだけ短くして、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置により近づけることで、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100, which is a medium, include the first relative position and the second relative position, and the relative positions of the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100. Is set to a plurality of relative positions of three or more different locations, and at each of the plurality of relative positions, the light receiving unit 30 receives the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. It is preferable to measure the color measurement value indicating the brightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. According to this, the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is made as short as possible, and the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 are measured. By moving the relative position with the surface 101 closer to the reference position, the color measurement accuracy can be improved.

また、第1の測色値の明度が、複数の相対位置で測色された測色値の明度のうち、最高明度であることが好ましい。これによれば、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離をできるだけ短くして、高い明度で測色することができ、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, it is preferable that the brightness of the first color measurement value is the highest brightness among the brightness of the color measurement values measured at a plurality of relative positions. According to this, the distance between the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 can be shortened as much as possible, and the color can be measured with high brightness. Color accuracy can be improved.

(実施形態6)
図30は、本発明の実施形態6に係る液体噴射装置の一例であるインクジェット式記録装置の駆動方法を示すフローチャートであり、図31及び図32は、インクジェット式記録装置の要部側面図である。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の部材には同一の符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。本実施形態では、測色部10及び変更部40を用いて記録シート100の厚さを測定するとともに、前記実施形態5と同様に色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定する。
(Embodiment 6)
FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing a driving method of an inkjet recording device which is an example of the liquid injection device according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention, and FIGS. 31 and 32 are side views of a main part of the inkjet recording device. .. The same members as those in the above-described embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted. In the present embodiment, the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is measured by using the color measuring unit 10 and the changing unit 40, and the color measuring position for generating the color conversion information is set as in the fifth embodiment.

図30に示すように、本実施形態の液体噴射装置の駆動方法は、ステップS21で、測色部10の第3の方向Zの位置が異なるm箇所(m≧2、mは自然数)で記録媒体である記録シート100を支持する支持部材8の支持面8aを測色し、生成された測色データを測色位置(測色部10の第3の方向Zの位置)と関連付けて記憶部212に記憶する。本実施形態では、第3の方向Zで測色部10の位置が異なる2箇所(m=2)で測色する。具体的には、図31に示すように、測色部10の高さh3となる第3測色位置と、図32に示すように、測色部10の高さh4(h3≠h4)となる第4測色位置とで支持部材8の支持面8aを測色する。つまり、図31に示すように、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第3の相対位置(測色部10の高さをh3とした第3測色位置)に設定し、支持部材8の支持面8aの明度を示す値を含む第3の測色値を測色する。具体的には、第3の測色位置で測色部10が測定した結果から表色系で数値化された第3の測色値(測色データ)を第3の測色位置と関連づけて記憶部212に記憶する。また、図32に示すように、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第3の相対位置とは異なる第4の相対位置(測色部10の高さをh4とした第4測色位置)に設定し、支持部材8の支持面8aの明度を示す値を含む第4の測色値を測色する。具体的には、第4の測色位置で測色部10が測定した結果から表色系で数値化された第4の測色値(測色データ)を第4の測色位置と関連づけて記憶部212に記憶する。なお、本実施形態では、第3の相対位置(第3測色位置)と第4の相対位置(第4測色位置)とは、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔は基準の間隔であり、被測定面101の法線に対する投光部20から射出される光束の中心軸及び受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度は基準の角度で同じとしている。なお、測色部10の支持面8aからの高さが基準の高さh0であり、支持面8aの法線に対する投光部20からの照射角度及び受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度が基準の角度であり、第2の方向Yにおける受光部30と投光部20との間隔が基準の間隔であり、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが支持面8a上で一致する、基準の相対位置の情報は、記憶部212に記憶されている。これにより、後述する色変換情報を生成するための測色位置において、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて記録シート100を精度よく測色することができ、記録シート100の厚みのばらつきによる測色精度のばらつきを抑制するとともに、記録シート100の厚みを精度よく測定することができる。 As shown in FIG. 30, the driving method of the liquid injection device of the present embodiment is recorded in step S21 at m points (m ≧ 2, m is a natural number) where the position of the third direction Z of the color measuring unit 10 is different. A storage unit that measures the color of the support surface 8a of the support member 8 that supports the recording sheet 100, which is a medium, and associates the generated color measurement data with the color measurement position (position of the color measurement unit 10 in the third direction Z). Store in 212. In the present embodiment, the color is measured at two locations (m = 2) where the position of the color measuring unit 10 is different in the third direction Z. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 31, a third color measurement position at which the height of the color measurement unit 10 is h3, and as shown in FIG. 32, a height h4 (h3 ≠ h4) of the color measurement unit 10. The color of the support surface 8a of the support member 8 is measured at the fourth color measurement position. That is, as shown in FIG. 31, the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set to the third relative position (the third color measuring position where the height of the color measuring unit 10 is h3). A third color measurement value including a value indicating the brightness of the support surface 8a of the support member 8 is measured. Specifically, the third color measurement value (color measurement data) quantified by the color system from the result measured by the color measurement unit 10 at the third color measurement position is associated with the third color measurement position. It is stored in the storage unit 212. Further, as shown in FIG. 32, the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are placed in a fourth relative position different from the third relative position (the fourth relative position where the height of the color measuring unit 10 is h4). The color measurement position) is set, and the fourth color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the support surface 8a of the support member 8 is measured. Specifically, the fourth color measurement value (color measurement data) quantified in the color system from the result measured by the color measurement unit 10 at the fourth color measurement position is associated with the fourth color measurement position. It is stored in the storage unit 212. In the present embodiment, the third relative position (third color measurement position) and the fourth relative position (fourth color measurement position) are the second directions Y between the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30. The interval between the above is a reference interval, and the angles of the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal line of the measured surface 101 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are the same at the reference angle. It is supposed to be. The height of the color measuring unit 10 from the support surface 8a is the reference height h0, the irradiation angle from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal line of the support surface 8a, and the light of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30. The angle of the axis is the reference angle, the distance between the light receiving unit 30 and the light emitting unit 20 in the second direction Y is the reference distance, and the central axis of the light flux from the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 receive light. Information on the relative position of the reference, which coincides with the optical axis of the optical system 31 on the support surface 8a, is stored in the storage unit 212. As a result, in the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information described later, the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 are arranged at the reference positions, and the recording sheet 100 is accurately measured. Colors can be obtained, and variations in color measurement accuracy due to variations in the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be suppressed, and the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be measured with high accuracy.

次に、ステップS22で、第3測色位置と第4測色位置とで測色した第3の測色値及び第4の測色値から明度が最も高い位置を基準位置に設定する。本実施形態では、第3測色位置で測色した第3の測色値の明度を判定する明度判定値LA1が、第4測色位置で測色した第4の測色値の明度を判定する明度判定値LA2よりも高いため(LA1>LA2)、第3測色位置を基準位置に設定した。具体的には、より高い明度判定値LA1(第3の測色値)に関連付けられた第3測色位置を、記録シート100の厚みの測定するための基準位置として記憶部212に設定する。 Next, in step S22, the position having the highest brightness from the third color measurement value and the fourth color measurement value measured at the third color measurement position and the fourth color measurement position is set as the reference position. In the present embodiment, the lightness determination value LA1 for determining the brightness of the third color measurement value measured at the third color measurement position determines the brightness of the fourth color measurement value measured at the fourth color measurement position. Since it is higher than the lightness determination value LA2 (LA1> LA2), the third color measurement position is set as the reference position. Specifically, the third color measurement position associated with the higher brightness determination value LA1 (third color measurement value) is set in the storage unit 212 as a reference position for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100.

なお、本実施形態では、第3の相対位置(第3測色位置)では、図31に示すように、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが支持面8a上で一致した場合を例示したが、特にこれに限定されず、第3の相対位置(第3測色位置)において、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが支持面8a上で一致していない場合も本実施形態に含まれる。すなわち、第3の相対位置(第3測色位置)における投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との支持面8a上での距離が、第4の相対位置(第4測色位置)での距離に比べて短ければよい。つまり、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との支持面8a上での距離が近づくほど測色データの明度がより高くなるため、第4測色位置に比べて明度判定値が高い第3測色位置を基準位置に設定して記録シート100の厚みの測定を行うことで、投光部20と受光部30と支持面8aとの相対位置を基準の位置により近づけて、第4測色位置を基準位置に設定して記録シート100の厚みの測定を行う場合に比べて高精度に記録シート100の厚みの測定を行うことができる。つまり、投光部20と受光部30と支持面8aとの相対位置と、基準位置での投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置とをより近づけることで、基準位置での測色部10の支持面8aからの高さと、測色位置での測色部10の支持面8aからの高さとの差から、精度よく記録シート100の厚みを測定することができる。 In the present embodiment, in the third relative position (third color measurement position), as shown in FIG. 31, the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 The case where the optical axis of the light axis coincides with the support surface 8a is illustrated, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the center of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 at the third relative position (third color measurement position). The present embodiment also includes a case where the axis and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not coincide with each other on the support surface 8a. That is, the distance between the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 at the third relative position (third color measurement position) and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the support surface 8a is , It suffices if it is shorter than the distance at the fourth relative position (fourth color measurement position). That is, the closer the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the support surface 8a, the higher the brightness of the color measurement data. By setting the third color measurement position, which has a higher brightness determination value than the fourth color measurement position, as the reference position and measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the support surface 8a can be obtained. It is possible to measure the thickness of the recording sheet 100 with higher accuracy than when the relative position of is closer to the reference position and the fourth color measurement position is set to the reference position to measure the thickness of the recording sheet 100. can. That is, by bringing the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30 and the support surface 8a closer to each other, and the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 and the measured surface 101 at the reference position, the reference position can be obtained. The thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be accurately measured from the difference between the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the support surface 8a and the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the support surface 8a at the color measuring position.

また、本実施形態では、第3の相対位置(第3測色位置)と第4の相対位置(第4測色位置)との2箇所(m=2)で測色するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、3箇所以上の異なる相対位置で測色を行うようにしてもよい。すなわち、第3の方向Zの測色部10の支持面8aからの高さの異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行い、最も高い明度を測定した相対位置を記録シート100の厚みの測定するための基準位置(第3の相対位置)としてもよい。なお、測色部10の支持面8aからの高さの異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行った場合は、最も高い明度を測定した相対位置を、記録シート100の厚みの測定するための基準位置に設定することが望ましい。これは、記録シート100に対応した色変換情報を生成するための測色位置での測色部10の被測定面101からの高さと、基準位置での測色部10の支持面8aからの高さとがより等しい方が、記録シート100の厚みをより精度よく測定できるためである。しかし、最も高い明度ではなくてもより高い明度を測定した相対位置を、記録シート100の厚みの測定するための基準位置に設定できれば、より低い明度を測定した相対位置を基準位置に設定した場合よりは精度よく記録シート100の厚みの測定することができる。これにより、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との支持面8a上での距離をできるだけ短くして、投光部20と受光部30と支持面8aとの相対位置を基準の位置により近づけることで、記録シート100の厚みの測定精度を高めることができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the color is measured at two points (m = 2), that is, the third relative position (third color measurement position) and the fourth relative position (fourth color measurement position). Not particularly limited to this, color measurement may be performed at three or more different relative positions. That is, in order to measure the color at a plurality of relative positions having different heights from the support surface 8a of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z, and to measure the thickness of the recording sheet 100 at the relative position where the highest brightness is measured. It may be a reference position (third relative position) of. When color measurement is performed at a plurality of relative positions having different heights from the support surface 8a of the color measurement unit 10, the relative position where the highest brightness is measured is used as a reference for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100. It is desirable to set it to the position. This is the height from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 at the color measuring position for generating the color conversion information corresponding to the recording sheet 100, and the support surface 8a of the color measuring unit 10 at the reference position. This is because the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be measured more accurately when the height is more equal to the height. However, if the relative position where the higher brightness is measured even if it is not the highest brightness can be set as the reference position for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100, the case where the relative position where the lower brightness is measured is set as the reference position. More accurately, the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be measured. As a result, the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the support surface 8a is shortened as much as possible, and the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 20 are shortened. By moving the relative position between the 30 and the support surface 8a closer to the reference position, the measurement accuracy of the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be improved.

また、3箇所以上の測色部10の支持面8aからの高さの異なる相対位置で測色した明度判定値に基づいて記録シート100の厚みを測定するための基準位置の設定を行うことによって、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを支持面8a上でできるだけ近づけた位置を基準位置に設定することができる。従って、より高い精度で記録シート100の厚みの測定を行うには、測色部10の支持面8aからの高さが異なるできるだけ多くの相対位置で測色を行うのが好ましい。ただし、測色部10の支持面8aからの高さの異なる相対位置の測色を増やすことで、測色回数が増え、測色に時間がかかってしまう。したがって、事前に実験結果等に基づいて精度よく測色した場合の明度が分かっている場合には、それに基づいて閾値を設定し、第3の方向Zの測色部10の支持面8aからの高さの異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行い、所定の明度(閾値)よりも高い明度を測定した相対位置(第3の相対位置)を、記録シート100の厚みを測定するための基準位置としてもよい。これにより、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを支持面8a上で所定の距離の範囲内に配置される位置を基準位置として、記録シート100の厚みの測定精度を高めることができると共に投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致するまで測色する必要がなく、測色回数を減らすことができ、測色に必要な時間を短縮することができる。 Further, by setting the reference position for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100 based on the brightness determination value measured at the relative positions having different heights from the support surface 8a of the color measuring unit 10 at three or more places. The position where the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are as close as possible on the support surface 8a can be set as the reference position. Therefore, in order to measure the thickness of the recording sheet 100 with higher accuracy, it is preferable to measure the color at as many relative positions as possible with different heights from the support surface 8a of the color measuring unit 10. However, by increasing the number of color measurements at relative positions having different heights from the support surface 8a of the color measurement unit 10, the number of color measurements increases and it takes time to measure the colors. Therefore, if the brightness when the color is measured accurately based on the experimental results or the like is known in advance, a threshold value is set based on the brightness, and the color is measured from the support surface 8a of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z. A reference position for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is the relative position (third relative position) in which color measurement is performed at a plurality of relative positions having different heights and the brightness higher than a predetermined brightness (threshold) is measured. May be. As a result, the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are arranged within a predetermined distance on the support surface 8a as a reference position. It is necessary to improve the measurement accuracy of the thickness of the recording sheet 100 and to measure the color until the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 match. The number of color measurements can be reduced, and the time required for color measurement can be shortened.

次に、ステップS23で、支持部材8の支持面8a上に媒体である記録シート100を設置する。 Next, in step S23, the recording sheet 100, which is a medium, is installed on the support surface 8a of the support member 8.

次に、ステップS24〜ステップS25で、最も明度の高い測色データを測色した個所を測色位置に設定する。なお、ステップS24〜ステップS25は、実施形態5のステップS11〜ステップS12と同様であるため詳細な説明は省略する。 Next, in steps S24 to S25, the location where the color measurement data having the highest brightness is measured is set as the color measurement position. Since steps S24 to S25 are the same as steps S11 to S12 of the fifth embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

次に、ステップS26で、ステップS22で設定された基準位置とステップS25で設定された測色位置との差から記録シート100の厚さを算出する。すなわち、支持部材8の支持面8aの測色データのうちより高い明度を測定した第3測色位置と、記録シート100の被測定面101の測色データのうちより高い明度を測定した第1測色位置とは、測色対象となる支持部材8や記録シート100と測色部10との第3の方向Zの高さは同じことから、基準位置である第3測色位置での測色部10の支持面8aからの高さと測色位置である第1測色位置での測色部10の支持面8aからの高さとの差から記録シート100の厚みを算出することができる。 Next, in step S26, the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is calculated from the difference between the reference position set in step S22 and the color measurement position set in step S25. That is, the third color measurement position in which the higher brightness was measured in the color measurement data of the support surface 8a of the support member 8 and the first color measurement data in which the color measurement data of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 was measured. The color measurement position is the measurement at the third color measurement position, which is the reference position, because the height of the support member 8 or the recording sheet 100 to be color measurement and the color measurement unit 10 are the same in the third direction Z. The thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be calculated from the difference between the height of the color unit 10 from the support surface 8a and the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the support surface 8a at the first color measurement position, which is the color measurement position.

次に、ステップS27で、算出した記録シート100の厚さと、ステップS24で記憶部212に記憶された測色位置である第1測色位置に対応する第1の測色値(記録シート100の紙白値)とから記録シート100の種類を判定し、記録シート100の種類に基づいて色変換情報を生成する。その後は、色変換情報に基づいて色変換された印刷データ(画像データ)で印刷を実行する。 Next, the thickness of the recording sheet 100 calculated in step S27 and the first color measurement value (of the recording sheet 100) corresponding to the first color measurement position which is the color measurement position stored in the storage unit 212 in step S24. The type of the recording sheet 100 is determined from the paper white value), and the color conversion information is generated based on the type of the recording sheet 100. After that, printing is executed with the print data (image data) that has been color-converted based on the color conversion information.

なお、記録ヘッドから吐出されたインク滴を被測定面101上に着弾させる、いわゆる印刷を行ったパッチを、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置(ステップS25で設定された測色位置)で測色し、当該測色値に基づいて生成した色変換情報に基づいて印刷を実行することもできる。 It should be noted that the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information of the so-called printed patch in which the ink droplets ejected from the recording head land on the surface to be measured 101 (the color measurement position set in step S25). It is also possible to measure the color with and execute printing based on the color conversion information generated based on the color measurement value.

ちなみに、記録シートは、製造するメーカーや用途によって材料、厚さが異なる複数種類が存在する。このため記録シート100の厚さと、測色部10が測色した紙白値とに基づいて、記録シート100を特定することができる。そして、記録シート100を特定することによって、特定した記録シート100に最適な印刷設定を行うことができる。例えば、複数種類の記録シートの厚さ及び紙白値と、各記録シートに最適な印刷設定とをデータとして予め蓄積しておき、記録シート100の厚さと紙白値から記録シート100の種類を特定することで、特定した記録シート100に最適な印刷設定を呼び出すことができる。また、例えば、過去に測色部10によって測色した紙白値及び厚さと、その記録シート100に印刷する際にユーザーが設定した印刷設定とを記憶しておき、紙白値及び厚さから過去に測色及び印刷した記録シート100と同じ記録シート100が検出された際に、過去に設定した印刷設定を呼び出すようにしてもよい。 By the way, there are multiple types of recording sheets with different materials and thicknesses depending on the manufacturer and application. Therefore, the recording sheet 100 can be specified based on the thickness of the recording sheet 100 and the whiteness value measured by the color measuring unit 10. Then, by specifying the recording sheet 100, the optimum printing settings can be made for the specified recording sheet 100. For example, the thickness and whiteness value of a plurality of types of recording sheets and the optimum print setting for each recording sheet are stored in advance as data, and the type of recording sheet 100 is determined from the thickness and whiteness value of the recording sheet 100. By specifying it, the optimum print setting for the specified recording sheet 100 can be recalled. Further, for example, the paper white value and thickness measured by the color measuring unit 10 in the past and the print setting set by the user when printing on the recording sheet 100 are stored, and the paper white value and thickness are used. When the same recording sheet 100 as the recording sheet 100 that has been color-measured and printed in the past is detected, the print setting set in the past may be recalled.

なお、記録シート100は、材料や厚さなどの種類によって、色再現性、インクの吸収性、インクの着弾によるよれの生じ易さ、乾燥時間などが異なる。したがって、記録シート100を特定することで、インクジェット式記録装置Iが使用する複数の要素色、例えば、シアン(C)、マゼンダ(M)、イエロー(Y)、ブラック(K)の比率に基づく色再現性や、インク滴の重量(打ち込み量)や、ペーパーギャップ(PG)、キャリッジ3の移動速度、紙送り速度などを記録シート100に最適なものに設定することができる。ちなみに、色再現性については、印刷設定によって呼び出した後、測色部10によって測色した結果に基づいて補正するようにしてもよい。 The recording sheet 100 has different color reproducibility, ink absorbency, susceptibility to kinking due to ink landing, drying time, and the like, depending on the type of material, thickness, and the like. Therefore, by specifying the recording sheet 100, a color based on the ratio of a plurality of element colors used by the inkjet recording apparatus I, for example, cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), and black (K). The reproducibility, the weight of the ink droplets (the amount of shot), the paper gap (PG), the moving speed of the carriage 3, the paper feeding speed, and the like can be set to the optimum values for the recording sheet 100. Incidentally, the color reproducibility may be corrected based on the result of color measurement by the color measuring unit 10 after being called by the print setting.

このように本実施形態では、投光部20と受光部30と媒体である記録シート100の被測定面101とは反対面側を支持する支持部材8とを第3の相対位置である第3測色位置に設定し、投光部20から照射され支持部材8の記録シート100を支持する支持面8aで反射した光を受光部30で受光し、支持部材8の支持面の明度を示す値を含む第3の測色値を測色し、投光部20と受光部30と支持部材8とを第3の相対位置とは異なる第4の相対位置に設定し、投光部20から照射され支持部材8の支持面で反射した光を受光部30で受光し、支持部材8の支持面の明度を示す第4の測色値を測色し、第3の測色値の明度が第4の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、第3の相対位置を基準位置に設定し、測色位置と基準位置との差から記録シート100の厚さを検出する。このように、測色部10によって記録シート100の厚さを検出することで、記録シート100の厚さを測定する他のセンサー等が別途不要となって、コストを低減することができると共に、センサーを配置するスペースも不要となって小型化を図ることができる。また、記録シート100の厚さを取得することで、変更部40によって記録シート100と記録ヘッド1との間隔であるペーパーギャップを高精度に制御することができる。したがって、高精度な印刷を実現することができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the support member 8 that supports the side opposite to the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100, which is the medium, are located at a third relative position. A value indicating the brightness of the support surface of the support member 8 by setting the color measurement position and receiving the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and reflected by the support surface 8a supporting the recording sheet 100 of the support member 8 by the light receiving unit 30. The third color measurement value including the above is measured, the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the support member 8 are set to a fourth relative position different from the third relative position, and irradiation is performed from the light emitting unit 20. The light reflected by the support surface of the support member 8 is received by the light receiving unit 30, the fourth color measurement value indicating the brightness of the support surface of the support member 8 is measured, and the brightness of the third color measurement value is the first. When the lightness of the color measurement value of 4 is higher than the brightness, the third relative position is set as the reference position, and the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is detected from the difference between the color measurement position and the reference position. In this way, by detecting the thickness of the recording sheet 100 by the color measuring unit 10, another sensor or the like for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is not required separately, and the cost can be reduced. Space for arranging the sensor is not required, and the size can be reduced. Further, by acquiring the thickness of the recording sheet 100, the paper gap, which is the distance between the recording sheet 100 and the recording head 1, can be controlled with high accuracy by the changing unit 40. Therefore, high-precision printing can be realized.

また、本実施形態では、第3測色位置と第4測色位置とで、支持部材8の支持面8aを測色することで、記録シート100の厚みを測定するための基準位置を設定したが、基準位置を例えば、記憶部212に記憶させておくことで、基準位置を繰り返し取得する必要がなく、測色時間を短縮することができる。つまり、基準位置は、測色の度に可変するものではなく常に一定であるため、最初に基準位置を取得して記憶部212に記憶させておくことで、測色時にステップS21及びS22を省略することができ、測色時間を短縮することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the reference position for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is set by measuring the color of the support surface 8a of the support member 8 at the third color measurement position and the fourth color measurement position. However, by storing the reference position in, for example, the storage unit 212, it is not necessary to repeatedly acquire the reference position, and the color measurement time can be shortened. That is, since the reference position is not variable every time the color is measured but is always constant, the reference position is first acquired and stored in the storage unit 212, so that steps S21 and S22 are omitted at the time of color measurement. And the color measurement time can be shortened.

(実施形態7)
図33は、本発明の実施形態7に係る液体噴射装置の一例であるインクジェット式記録装置の駆動方法を示すフローチャートであり、図34〜図37は、インクジェット式記録装置の要部側面図である。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の部材には同一の符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
(Embodiment 7)
33 is a flowchart showing a driving method of an inkjet recording device which is an example of the liquid injection device according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention, and FIGS. 34 to 37 are side views of a main part of the inkjet recording device. .. The same members as those in the above-described embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted.

図33に示すように、本発明の実施形態7に係る液体噴射装置の駆動方法は、ステップS31で、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔(距離)が異なるn箇所(n≧2、nは自然数)で記録シート100の被測定面101を測色し、生成された測色データを測色位置(測色部10の第3の方向Zの位置)と関連付けて記憶部212に記憶する。本実施形態では、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔が異なる2箇所(n=2)で測色する。具体的には、図37に示すように、投光部20と受光部30との間隔が間隔w1となる第1測色位置と、投光部20と受光部30との間隔が間隔w2(w1≠w2)となる第2測色位置とで記録シート100の被測定面101を測色する。つまり、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置(投光部20と受光部30との間隔をw1とした第1測色位置)に設定し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色する。具体的には、第1の測色位置で測色部10が測定した結果から表色系で数値化された第1の測色値(測色データ)を第1の測色位置と関連づけて記憶部212に記憶する。また、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置(投光部20と受光部30との間隔をw2とした第2測色位置)に設定し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第2の測色値を測色する。具体的には、第2の測色位置で測色部10が測定した結果から表色系で数値化された第2の測色値(測色データ)を第2の測色位置と関連づけて記憶部212に記憶する。なお、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)と第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)とは、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さ(測色部10と記録シート100との間隔)は基準の高さh0または所定の高さであり、被測定面101の法線に対する投光部20から射出される光束の中心軸及び受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度は基準の角度で同じとしている。これにより、後述する色変換情報を生成するための測色位置において、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて記録シート100を精度よく測色することができ、記録シート100の厚みのばらつきによる測色精度のばらつきを抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 33, in the driving method of the liquid injection device according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention, in step S31, the distance (distance) between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y is different. The measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is color-measured at a location (n ≧ 2, n is a natural number), and the generated color measurement data is associated with the color measurement position (position of the color measurement unit 10 in the third direction Z). It is stored in the storage unit 212. In the present embodiment, the color is measured at two points (n = 2) where the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y is different. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 37, the first color measurement position where the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is the distance w1 and the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 are the distance w2 ( The color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured at the second color measurement position where w1 ≠ w2). That is, the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set to the first relative position (the first color measurement position where the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is w1), and the recording sheet 100 is set. A first color measurement value including a value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured 101 is measured. Specifically, the first color measurement value (color measurement data) quantified in the color system from the result measured by the color measurement unit 10 at the first color measurement position is associated with the first color measurement position. It is stored in the storage unit 212. Further, a second relative position (the distance between the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is w2), which is different from the first relative position of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100. ), And the second color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured. Specifically, the second color measurement value (color measurement data) quantified in the color system from the result measured by the color measurement unit 10 at the second color measurement position is associated with the second color measurement position. It is stored in the storage unit 212. In the present embodiment, the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the second relative position (second color measurement position) are the heights (measurement) of the color measurement unit 10 from the measured surface 101. The distance between the color unit 10 and the recording sheet 100) is a reference height h0 or a predetermined height, and the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal line of the measured surface 101 and the light receiving unit 30. The angle of the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 is the same as the reference angle. As a result, in the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information described later, the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 are arranged at the reference positions, and the recording sheet 100 is accurately measured. Colors can be obtained, and variations in color measurement accuracy due to variations in the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be suppressed.

また、第1測色位置及び第2測色位置での測色は、例えば、記録シート100の被測定面101の色、すなわち、記録シート100自体を測色してもよく、記録ヘッドから吐出されたインク滴を被測定面101上に着弾させる、いわゆる印刷を行ったパッチを測色してもよい。 Further, the color measurement at the first color measurement position and the second color measurement position may be performed by, for example, measuring the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100, that is, the recording sheet 100 itself, and ejecting the color from the recording head. The color of the so-called printed patch, in which the ink droplets are landed on the surface to be measured 101, may be measured.

本実施形態では、図34に示すように、基準となる厚さの記録シート100Aを用いた場合に、基準となる記録シート100Aの色を適切に測色できる投光部20、受光部30、および被測定面101Aの相対位置を、基準の相対位置とする。基準の相対位置では、測色部10の被測定面101Aからの高さが基準の高さh0であり、被測定面101Aの法線に対する投光部20からの照射角度及び受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度が基準の角度であり、第2の方向Yにおける受光部30と投光部20との間隔が基準の間隔w0である。このような基準の相対位置では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101A上で一致する。すなわち、投光部20、受光部30、および基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101Aを基準の相対位置に配置させた場合、測色データの明度が最も高くなる。このような投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101Aとが基準の位置に配置された基準の相対位置の情報は、記憶部212に記憶されている。 In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 34, when a recording sheet 100A having a reference thickness is used, the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 can appropriately measure the color of the reference recording sheet 100A. And the relative position of the measured surface 101A is set as the reference relative position. At the reference relative position, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101A is the reference height h0, the irradiation angle from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal of the measured surface 101A, and the light reception of the light receiving unit 30. The angle of the optical axis of the optical system 31 is the reference angle, and the distance between the light receiving unit 30 and the light projecting unit 20 in the second direction Y is the reference distance w0. At such a reference relative position, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A as a reference. That is, when the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101A of the reference recording sheet 100A are arranged at the relative positions of the reference, the brightness of the color measurement data becomes the highest. Information on the relative position of the reference in which the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101A are arranged at the reference position is stored in the storage unit 212.

本実施形態では、基準相対位置(以下、単に基準位置とも言う)を第2測色位置(第2の相対位置)として設定している。つまり、第2の相対位置での第2の方向Yにおける受光部30と投光部20との間隔(距離)w2が、基準の間隔(距離)w0と等しい場合について説明する。このような第2の相対位置(基準位置)で基準となる記録シート100Aとは厚さの異なる記録シート100の被測定面101を測色すると、基準となる記録シート100Aの厚みに対する記録シート100の厚さの差の分だけ、基準の高さh0に対して測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さに差が生じてしまい、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上でずれてしまう。 In the present embodiment, the reference relative position (hereinafter, also simply referred to as the reference position) is set as the second color measurement position (second relative position). That is, a case where the distance (distance) w2 between the light receiving unit 30 and the light projecting unit 20 in the second direction Y at the second relative position is equal to the reference distance (distance) w0 will be described. When the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 having a thickness different from that of the reference recording sheet 100A at such a second relative position (reference position) is measured, the recording sheet 100 with respect to the thickness of the reference recording sheet 100A is measured. Due to the difference in thickness, there is a difference in the height of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 with respect to the reference height h0, and the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 The central axis of the light receiving unit 30 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are displaced on the measured surface 101.

例えば、図35に示すように、記録シート100の厚さが基準となる記録シート100Aの厚さよりも厚い場合、第2測色位置(基準位置)では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で異なる位置となってしまう。また、図36に示すように、記録シート100の厚さが基準となる記録シート100Aの厚さよりも薄い場合も同様に、第2測色位置(基準位置)では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で異なる位置となってしまう。 For example, as shown in FIG. 35, when the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is thicker than the thickness of the reference recording sheet 100A, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 at the second color measurement position (reference position). And the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are at different positions on the measured surface 101. Further, as shown in FIG. 36, when the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is thinner than the thickness of the reference recording sheet 100A, similarly, at the second color measurement position (reference position), the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is emitted. The central axis of the light receiving unit 30 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are located at different positions on the surface to be measured 101.

本実施形態では、図12に示すように、変更部制御部302が変更部40を制御して、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔を変更しながら、測色部制御部300が測色部10を制御して測色を行う。測色部10の測定結果から測色処理部301によって表色系で数値化して測色データを生成して、測色データは反射位置データと関連付けられて記憶部212に記憶される。本実施形態では、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔が反射位置データである。次に、複数の測色データから明度判定部303が最も高い明度と判定された測色データに関連付けた反射位置データを特定する。例えば、図35に示す記録シート100の厚さが基準となる記録シート100Aの厚さよりも厚い場合には、図37に示すように、投光部20と受光部30との間隔w2よりも狭い間隔w1で、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致し、受光部30は最も強い光を受光することができる。従って、第1測色位置である投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔w1を最も高い明度となる反射位置データとして特定する。 In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12, the changing unit control unit 302 controls the changing unit 40 to change the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y, while measuring the color. The unit control unit 300 controls the color measurement unit 10 to perform color measurement. The color measurement processing unit 301 digitizes the measurement result of the color measurement unit 10 in a color system to generate color measurement data, and the color measurement data is associated with the reflection position data and stored in the storage unit 212. In the present embodiment, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y is the reflection position data. Next, the brightness determination unit 303 identifies the reflection position data associated with the color measurement data determined to have the highest brightness from the plurality of color measurement data. For example, when the thickness of the recording sheet 100 shown in FIG. 35 is thicker than the reference thickness of the recording sheet 100A, it is narrower than the distance w2 between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 as shown in FIG. 37. At the interval w1, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 receives the strongest light. Can be done. Therefore, the distance w1 in the second direction Y between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30, which is the first color measurement position, is specified as the reflection position data having the highest brightness.

次に、ステップS32では、基準位置である投光部20と受光部30との間隔w2と、ステップS31で最も高い明度と判定された測色データに関連づけられた反射位置データである第1測色位置における投光部20と受光部30との間隔w1との差α(w2−w1)から、測色部10の被測定面101Aからの第3の方向Zの基準高さh0と、第1測色位置における測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さh5との差α′を算出する。例えば、基準位置における投光部20と受光部30との間隔w2と第1測色位置における投光部20と受光部30との間隔w1との差αと、測色部10の被測定面101Aからの基準高さh0と第1測色位置における測色部10の被測定面101からの高さh5との差α′と、を関連付けた変換テーブルを用意し、変換テーブルに基づいて投光部20と受光部30との間隔w1、w2の差αから、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の基準高さh0と第1測色位置の高さh5との差α′を取得する。 Next, in step S32, the distance w2 between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30, which is the reference position, and the first measurement, which is the reflection position data associated with the color measurement data determined to have the highest brightness in step S31. From the difference α (w2-w1) between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 at the color position, the reference height h0 in the third direction Z from the measured surface 101A of the color measuring unit 10 and the third. The difference α'from the height h5 of the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 at one color measuring position is calculated. For example, the difference α between the distance w2 between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 at the reference position and the distance w1 between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 at the first color measurement position, and the surface to be measured of the color measurement unit 10. A conversion table is prepared in which the difference α'between the reference height h0 from 101A and the height h5 of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 at the first color measuring position is associated with each other, and the result is cast based on the conversion table. From the difference α of the distances w1 and w2 between the light unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30, the difference α ′ between the reference height h0 of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z and the height h5 of the first color measuring position is obtained. do.

次に、ステップS33では、測色部10を第1測色位置の被測定面101からの高さh5から、差α′だけ第3の方向Zに移動して、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さを基準高さh0と同じ高さとする。また同時に、投光部20と受光部30との間隔を基準位置と同じ間隔w2に移動させて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置として設定する。これにより、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置では、測色部10の記録シート100からの高さを基準高さh0と同じ高さとして、且つ投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを被測定面101上で一致させ、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて記録シート100を精度よく測色することができる。 Next, in step S33, the color measuring unit 10 is moved from the height h5 of the first color measuring position from the measured surface 101 to the third direction Z by the difference α', and the color measuring unit 10 is measured. The height from the surface 101 is the same as the reference height h0. At the same time, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is moved to the same distance w2 as the reference position and set as a color measurement position for generating color conversion information. As a result, at the color measurement position for generating color conversion information, the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the recording sheet 100 is set to be the same as the reference height h0, and the central axis of the light flux from the light projection unit 20. And the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are aligned on the measured surface 101, and the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30 and the measured surface 101 are arranged at a reference position for recording. The color of the sheet 100 can be measured accurately.

次に、ステップS34で、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置でパッチの測色を実行する。このとき、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置では、測色部10の記録シート100からの高さを基準高さh0と同じ高さとして、且つ投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを被測定面101上で一致させることができるため、測色を実行する際に、測色部10の記録シート100からの第3の方向Zの高さにばらつきが生じるのを抑制して、明度にばらつきが生じるのを抑制することができる。したがって、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて、記録シート100の高精度な測色を行うことができる。なお、パッチは、記録ヘッドから吐出されたインク滴を被測定面101上に着弾させる、いわゆる印刷を行うことで形成することができる。 Next, in step S34, the color measurement of the patch is executed at the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information. At this time, in the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information, the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the recording sheet 100 is set to the same height as the reference height h0, and the central axis of the light flux from the light projection unit 20. Since the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 can be aligned with the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 on the surface to be measured 101, a third direction of the color measuring unit 10 from the recording sheet 100 when performing color measurement is performed. It is possible to suppress the variation in the height of Z and suppress the variation in the brightness. Therefore, the relative position between the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 can be arranged at a reference position, and high-precision color measurement of the recording sheet 100 can be performed. The patch can be formed by performing so-called printing, in which ink droplets ejected from the recording head land on the surface to be measured 101.

そして、ステップS35で、パッチの測色結果から色変換情報を生成する。その後は、色変換情報に基づいて印刷を実行する。 Then, in step S35, color conversion information is generated from the color measurement result of the patch. After that, printing is executed based on the color conversion information.

なお、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)では、図37に示すように、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致した場合を例示したが、特にこれに限定されず、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)において、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致していない場合も本実施形態に含まれる。すなわち、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)における投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との被測定面101上での距離が、第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)での距離に比べて短ければよい。つまり、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との被測定面101上での距離が近づくほど明度がより高くなるため、第2測色位置に比べて明度判定値が高い第1測色位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように設定された測色位置で測色を行うことで、第2測色位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように設定された測色位置で測色を行う場合に比べて、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置をより基準の位置に近づけて、高精度に測色を行うことができる。 In the present embodiment, in the first relative position (first color measurement position), as shown in FIG. 37, the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30. The case where the optical axis of the light axis coincides with the measured surface 101 is illustrated, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 at the first relative position (first color measurement position). The case where the central axis and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match is also included in the present embodiment. That is, the distance between the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 at the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101. However, it suffices if it is shorter than the distance at the second relative position (second color measurement position). That is, the closer the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101, the higher the brightness. The second color measurement position and reference by performing color measurement at the color measurement position set as described above based on the difference α between the first color measurement position and the reference position, which has a higher brightness judgment value than the color position. Compared to the case where color measurement is performed at the color measurement position set as described above based on the difference α from the position, the relative position between the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 and the measured surface 101 is a more reference position. It is possible to measure colors with high accuracy by approaching.

また、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)と第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)との2箇所(n=2)で測色するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、3箇所以上の異なる相対位置で測色を行うようにしてもよい。すなわち、投光部20と受光部30との間隔の異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行い、最も高い明度を測定した相対位置を第1の相対位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定してもよい。なお、投光部20と受光部30との間隔の異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行った場合は、最も高い明度を測定した相対位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することが望ましいが、最も高い明度ではなくてもより高い明度を測定した相対位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することもできる。この場合も、より低い明度を測定した相対位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定した場合よりは、精度よく測色することができる。これにより、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離ができるだけ短い相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することできるため、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置における投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近くして、高い明度で測色することができ、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the color is measured at two points (n = 2), that is, the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the second relative position (second color measurement position). Not particularly limited to this, color measurement may be performed at three or more different relative positions. That is, color measurement is performed at a plurality of relative positions where the distance between the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is different, and the relative position where the highest brightness is measured is determined based on the difference α between the first relative position and the reference position. The color measurement position for generating the color conversion information may be set as in. When color measurement is performed at a plurality of relative positions where the distance between the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is different, as described above, the difference α between the relative position where the highest brightness is measured and the reference position is used. It is desirable to set the color measurement position to generate the color conversion information, but the color conversion as described above is based on the difference α between the relative position where the higher lightness is measured and the reference position, even if the lightness is not the highest. It is also possible to set the color measurement position for generating information. In this case as well, color measurement should be performed more accurately than when the color measurement position for generating color conversion information is set as described above based on the difference α between the relative position where the lower brightness is measured and the reference position. Can be done. As a result, color conversion information is generated based on the difference between the relative position and the reference position where the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is as short as possible. Since the color measurement position can be set, the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 at the color measurement position for generating color conversion information should be as close as possible to the reference position. Therefore, it is possible to measure the color with high brightness and improve the color measurement accuracy.

また、3箇所以上の投光部20と受光部30との間隔の異なる相対位置で測色した明度判定値に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置の設定を行うことによって、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置において投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近づけることができるため、より高い明度で高精度な測色を行うことができる。従って、より高い精度で被測定面101の測色を行うには、投光部20と受光部30との間隔が異なるできるだけ多くの相対位置で測色を行うのが好ましい。ただし、投光部20と受光部30との間隔の異なる相対位置の測色を増やすことで、測色回数が増え、測色に時間がかかってしまう。したがって、事前に実験結果等に基づいて精度よく測色した場合の明度が分かっている場合には、それに基づいて閾値を設定し、投光部20と受光部30との間隔の異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行い、所定の明度(閾値)よりも高い明度を測定した相対位置(第1の相対位置)に基づいて、上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定してもよい。これにより、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離が所定の範囲内ある相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することできるため、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置における投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近くして、測色精度を高めることができると共に投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致するまで測色する必要がなく、測色回数を減らすことができ、測色に必要な時間を短縮することができる。 Further, the color is set by setting the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information based on the brightness determination value measured at the relative positions where the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 are different from each other at three or more places. In the color measurement position for generating conversion information, the relative position between the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 can be as close as possible to the reference position, so that higher brightness and higher accuracy color measurement can be achieved. It can be carried out. Therefore, in order to measure the color of the surface to be measured 101 with higher accuracy, it is preferable to measure the color at as many relative positions as possible with different distances between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30. However, by increasing the color measurement at the relative positions where the distance between the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is different, the number of color measurements increases and the color measurement takes time. Therefore, if the brightness when the color is measured accurately based on the experimental results or the like is known in advance, a threshold value is set based on the brightness, and a plurality of relatives having different distances between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 are set. Color measurement is performed at the position, and the color measurement position for generating color conversion information is set as described above based on the relative position (first relative position) where the brightness higher than the predetermined brightness (threshold) is measured. You may. As a result, color conversion is performed based on the difference between the relative position and the reference position where the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is within a predetermined range. Since the color measurement position for generating information can be set, the relative position between the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 at the color measurement position for generating color conversion information is set as a reference position. It is possible to improve the color measurement accuracy by making it as close as possible, and it is not necessary to measure the color until the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 match. , The number of color measurements can be reduced, and the time required for color measurement can be shortened.

なお、上述した例では、基準位置は投写部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101Aにおいて一致した位置としたため、基準となる投光部20と受光部30との間隔に対する投光部20と受光部30との間隔の差α、又は、間隔の差αから算出した第3の方向Zにおける基準高さh0と第1測色位置の高さh5との差α′から、測色した記録シート100の厚さ(例えば、基準となる記録シート100Aの厚み+高さの差α′)を算出することもできる。このように測色する記録シート100の厚さを把握することで、記録シート100の厚さを測定するセンサー等が別途不要となって、コストを低減することができると共に、センサーを配置するスペースも不要となって小型化を図ることができる。また、記録シート100の厚さを取得することで、変更部40によって記録シート100と記録ヘッド1との間隔であるペーパーギャップを高精度に制御することができる。したがって、高精度な印刷を実現することができる。 In the above example, the reference position is the position where the central axis of the light flux from the projection unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A as a reference. Therefore, the reference height in the third direction Z calculated from the difference α of the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 with respect to the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 as a reference, or the difference α of the distance. The thickness of the color-measured recording sheet 100 (for example, the thickness of the reference recording sheet 100A + the difference in height α') is calculated from the difference α'between h0 and the height h5 of the first color measurement position. You can also. By grasping the thickness of the recording sheet 100 to be color-measured in this way, a sensor or the like for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is not required separately, the cost can be reduced, and the space for arranging the sensors can be reduced. It is also unnecessary and can be miniaturized. Further, by acquiring the thickness of the recording sheet 100, the paper gap, which is the distance between the recording sheet 100 and the recording head 1, can be controlled with high accuracy by the changing unit 40. Therefore, high-precision printing can be realized.

また、本実施形態では、基準位置は、基準となる厚さの記録シート100Aの被測定面101Aにおいて投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致した位置としたため、基準となる厚さの記録シート100Aと同じ厚さの記録シート100を用いた場合には、高さ調整を行うことなく測色することが可能となる。したがって、測色時間を短縮することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the reference position is the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A having a reference thickness. Since the positions coincide with each other, when the recording sheet 100 having the same thickness as the recording sheet 100A having the reference thickness is used, the color can be measured without adjusting the height. Therefore, the color measurement time can be shortened.

さらに、上述した例では、基準位置は、基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101Aにおいて、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致した位置としたが、特にこれに限定されない。 Further, in the above-mentioned example, the reference position coincides with the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A as a reference. However, the position is not limited to this.

例えば、基準位置は、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが支持部材8の支持面8a上において一致した位置としてもよい。これによっても、第3の方向Zにおける基準高さh0と第1測色位置の高さh5との差α′から、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することも、記録シート100の厚さを算出することも可能である。 For example, the reference position may be a position where the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the support surface 8a of the support member 8. Also by this, it is also possible to set the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information from the difference α'between the reference height h0 in the third direction Z and the height h5 of the first color measurement position. It is also possible to calculate a thickness of 100.

また、例えば、基準位置は、任意の位置であってもよい。上述したように任意の基準位置における投光部20と受光部30との間隔と最も高い明度を測定した相対位置(第1相対位置)における投光部20と受光部30との間隔との差αを求め、この間隔の差αから第3の方向Zにおける任意の基準位置における測色部10の高さと最も高い明度を測定した相対位置での測色部10の被測定面101からの高さとの差α′を算出して、測色部10を差α′に任意の基準位置における測色部10の高さと基準高さh0との差を加算した距離だけ第3の方向Zに移動し、移動した状態で測色を行うようにすれば、基準高さh0と常に同じ高さh0で測色を行うことができる。したがって、記録シート100の厚さのばらつきによって色変換情報を生成するための測色位置での測色部10の被測定面101からの高さにばらつきが生じるのを抑制することができ、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて高精度な測色を行うことができる。 Further, for example, the reference position may be any position. As described above, the difference between the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 at an arbitrary reference position and the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 at the relative position (first relative position) where the highest brightness is measured. α is obtained, and the height of the color measuring unit 10 at an arbitrary reference position in the third direction Z from the difference α of this interval and the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 at the relative position where the highest brightness is measured. The difference α'is calculated, and the color measuring unit 10 is moved to the third direction Z by the distance obtained by adding the difference between the height of the color measuring unit 10 at an arbitrary reference position and the reference height h0 to the difference α'. However, if the color measurement is performed in the moved state, the color measurement can always be performed at the same height h0 as the reference height h0. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the variation in the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 at the color measuring position for generating the color conversion information due to the variation in the thickness of the recording sheet 100, and it is possible to suppress the variation. Highly accurate color measurement can be performed by arranging the relative positions of the light unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 at reference positions.

さらに、上述した例では、基準位置として、第2の相対位置である第2測色位置としたが、特にこれに限定されず、基準位置と第2の相対位置とは異なる位置であってもよい。 Further, in the above-mentioned example, the reference position is the second color measurement position, which is the second relative position, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the reference position and the second relative position may be different. good.

以上説明したように、本実施形態では、媒体である記録シート100に液体であるインクを噴射する液体噴射ヘッドの一例である記録ヘッド1と、記録シート100の被測定面101に光を照射する投光部20と、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射された光を受光する受光部30とを備え、記録シート100の被測定面101を測色する測色部10と、を備える液体噴射装置の駆動方法であって、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置に設定し、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射した光を受光部30で受光し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色し、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置に設定し、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射した光を受光部30で受光し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す第2の測色値を測色し、第1の測色値の明度が第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、第1の相対位置と予め設定された基準相対位置との差に基づいて投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100との相対位置を測色位置に設定し、測色位置で測色した記録シート100の色又は記録シート100上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換する。このように、第1の相対位置における第1の測色値が第2の相対位置における第2の測色値よりも明度が高い場合に、第1の相対位置と基準相対位置との差に基づいて、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート(媒体)100の被測定面101とを基準相対位置と同じ測色条件となる測色位置に設定して測色を行う。このため、記録シート100の厚さにばらつきが生じても、測色位置では測色条件、特に、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さを常に同じ条件として測色することができるため、高精度な測色を行うことができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the recording head 1 which is an example of the liquid injection head for injecting liquid ink onto the recording sheet 100 which is a medium and the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 are irradiated with light. A color measurement unit 20 includes a light projecting unit 20 and a light receiving unit 30 that receives light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100, and measures the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. In a method of driving a liquid injection device including the unit 10, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set to the first relative positions, and the light emitting unit 20 irradiates the recording sheet 100. The light reflected by the surface to be measured 101 is received by the light receiving unit 30, the first color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured, and the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 are measured. And the recording sheet 100 are set to a second relative position different from the first relative position, and the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is received by the light receiving unit 30. When the lightness of the second colorimetric value indicating the lightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured and the lightness of the first colorimetric value is higher than the lightness of the second colorimetric value, the first color is measured. The recording sheet 100 in which the relative positions of the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set as the color measurement positions based on the difference between the relative positions and the preset reference relative positions, and the colors are measured at the color measurement positions. The print data is color-converted by the color conversion information based on the color of the light or the color measurement value of the patch printed on the recording sheet 100. Thus, when the first colorimetric value at the first relative position has a higher brightness than the second colorimetric value at the second relative position, the difference between the first relative position and the reference relative position Based on this, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 of the recording sheet (medium) 100 are set to color measurement positions that have the same color measurement conditions as the reference relative positions, and color measurement is performed. Therefore, even if the thickness of the recording sheet 100 varies, the color measurement condition, particularly the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the measured surface 101, can always be measured under the same condition at the color measurement position. Therefore, highly accurate color measurement can be performed.

また、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置との少なくとも2つの相対位置で測色を行えば良いため、測色時間を短縮することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the color measurement may be performed at at least two relative positions of the first relative position and the second relative position, the color measurement time can be shortened.

また、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置とは、媒体である記録シート100の被測定面101の法線方向である第3の方向Zに交差する方向における投光部20と受光部30との間隔が異なることが好ましい。これにより、記録シート100の被測定面101における反射光の反射位置を変更して、高精度な測色を行うことができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the first relative position and the second relative position are projected in a direction intersecting the third direction Z which is the normal direction of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 which is a medium. It is preferable that the distance between the unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is different. As a result, the reflected position of the reflected light on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 can be changed to perform highly accurate color measurement.

なお、本実施形態では、変更部40は、投光部20の受光部30に対する第2の方向Yの位置を変更するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、受光部30の投光部20に対する第2の方向Yの位置を変更するようにしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the changing unit 40 changes the position of the light emitting unit 20 in the second direction Y with respect to the light receiving unit 30, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the light emitting unit 30 of the light emitting unit 30 is not particularly limited to this. The position of the second direction Y with respect to 20 may be changed.

また、本実施形態では、第1の測色値の明度が第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、第1の相対位置での投光部20と受光部30との間隔と予め設定される基準相対位置での投光部20と受光部30との間隔との差から算出された距離だけ、測色部10を被測定面101の法線方向である第3の方向Zに移動させることが好ましい。これによれば、記録シート100の厚さにばらつきが生じても、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さを常に同じ条件として測色することができるため、高精度な測色を行うことができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, when the brightness of the first colorimetric value is higher than the brightness of the second colorimetric value, the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 at the first relative position is determined. The color measuring unit 10 is placed in the third direction Z, which is the normal direction of the surface to be measured 101, by the distance calculated from the difference between the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 at the preset reference relative position. It is preferable to move to. According to this, even if the thickness of the recording sheet 100 varies, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 can always be measured under the same conditions, so that highly accurate color measurement can be performed. It can be carried out.

また、第1の相対位置は、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100との複数の相対位置のうち、より高い明度を測定した相対位置であることが好ましい。これによれば、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離ができるだけ短い相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することできるため、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置における投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近くして、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, the first relative position is preferably the relative position in which the higher brightness is measured among the plurality of relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100. According to this, the color conversion information is based on the difference between the relative position and the reference position where the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is as short as possible. Since it is possible to set the color measurement position for generating the It is possible to improve the color measurement accuracy by making it closer.

また、第1の相対位置は、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100との複数の相対位置のうち、最高明度を測定した相対位置であることが好ましい。これによれば、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離ができるだけ短い相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することできるため、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置における投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近くして、高い明度で測色することができ、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, the first relative position is preferably the relative position where the highest brightness is measured among the plurality of relative positions of the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100. According to this, the color conversion information is based on the difference between the relative position and the reference position where the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is as short as possible. Since it is possible to set the color measurement position for generating the It is possible to measure colors with high brightness by bringing them closer, and it is possible to improve the color measurement accuracy.

(実施形態8)
図38は、本発明の実施形態8に係る液体噴射装置の一例であるインクジェット式記録装置の駆動方法を示すフローチャートであり、図39〜図42は、インクジェット式記録装置の要部側面図である。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の部材には同一の符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
(Embodiment 8)
38 is a flowchart showing a driving method of an inkjet recording device which is an example of the liquid injection device according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention, and FIGS. 39 to 42 are side views of a main part of the inkjet recording device. .. The same members as those in the above-described embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate description will be omitted.

図38に示すように、本発明の実施形態8に係る液体噴射装置の駆動方法は、ステップS41で、投光部20の照射角度が異なるn箇所(n≧2、nは自然数)で記録シート100の被測定面101を測色し、生成された測色データを測色位置(測色部10の第3の方向Zの位置)と関連付けて記憶部212に記憶する。本実施形態では、投光部20の照射角度が異なる2箇所(n=2)で測色する。具体的には、図42に示すように、投光部20の照射角度が照射角度θ1(ここでは、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と被測定面101の法線との角度)となる第1測色位置と、投光部20の照射角度が照射角度θ2(ここでは、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と被測定面101の法線との角度であって、θ1≠θ2)となる第2測色位置とで記録シート100の被測定面101を測色する。つまり、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置(投光部20の照射角度をθ1とした第1測色位置)に設定し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色する。具体的には、第1の測色位置で測色部10が測定した結果から表色系で数値化された第1の測色値(測色データ)を第1の測色位置と関連づけて記憶部212に記憶する。また、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置(投光部20の照射角度をθ2とした第2測色位置)に設定し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第2の測色値を測色する。具体的には、第2の測色位置で測色部10が測定した結果から表色系で数値化された第2の測色値(測色データ)を第2の測色位置と関連づけて記憶部212に記憶する。なお、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)と第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)とは、測色部10の記録シート100からの第3の方向Zの高さは基準の高さh0または所定の高さであり、被測定面101の法線に対する受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度は基準の角度であり、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔は基準の間隔w0で同じとしている。これにより、後述する色変換情報を生成するための測色位置において、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて記録シート100を精度よく測色することができ、記録シート100の厚みのばらつきによる測色精度のばらつきを抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 38, the driving method of the liquid injection device according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention is a recording sheet in step S41 at n points (n ≧ 2, n is a natural number) where the irradiation angles of the light projecting unit 20 are different. The measured surface 101 of 100 is measured in color, and the generated color measurement data is stored in the storage unit 212 in association with the color measurement position (position in the third direction Z of the color measurement unit 10). In the present embodiment, the color is measured at two points (n = 2) where the irradiation angles of the light projecting unit 20 are different. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 42, the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is the irradiation angle θ1 (here, the angle between the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the normal line of the measured surface 101). ), And the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is the irradiation angle θ2 (here, the angle between the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the normal line of the measured surface 101). Then, the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured at the second color measurement position where θ1 ≠ θ2). That is, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set to the first relative position (the first color measurement position where the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is θ1), and the measured surface of the recording sheet 100 is measured. A first colorimetric value including a value indicating the brightness of 101 is measured. Specifically, the first color measurement value (color measurement data) quantified in the color system from the result measured by the color measurement unit 10 at the first color measurement position is associated with the first color measurement position. It is stored in the storage unit 212. Further, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set to a second relative position (second color measurement position where the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is θ2) different from the first relative position. , A second color measurement value including a value indicating the brightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured. Specifically, the second color measurement value (color measurement data) quantified in the color system from the result measured by the color measurement unit 10 at the second color measurement position is associated with the second color measurement position. It is stored in the storage unit 212. In the present embodiment, the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the second relative position (second color measurement position) are the third direction Z from the recording sheet 100 of the color measurement unit 10. The height of is the reference height h0 or a predetermined height, and the angle of the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 with respect to the normal of the measured surface 101 is the reference angle, and the light projecting unit 20 The distance between the light receiving unit 30 and the second direction Y is the same as the reference distance w0. As a result, in the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information described later, the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 are arranged at the reference positions, and the recording sheet 100 is accurately measured. Colors can be obtained, and variations in color measurement accuracy due to variations in the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be suppressed.

また、第1測色位置及び第2測色位置での測色は、例えば、記録シート100の被測定面101の色、すなわち、記録シート100自体を測色してもよく、記録ヘッドから吐出されたインク滴を被測定面101上に着弾させる、いわゆる印刷を行ったパッチを測色してもよい。 Further, the color measurement at the first color measurement position and the second color measurement position may be performed by, for example, measuring the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100, that is, the recording sheet 100 itself, and ejecting the color from the recording head. The color of the so-called printed patch, in which the ink droplets are landed on the surface to be measured 101, may be measured.

本実施形態では、図39に示すように、基準となる厚さの記録シート100Aを用いた場合に、基準となる記録シート100Aの色を適切に測色できる投光部20、受光部30、および被測定面101Aの相対位置を、基準の相対位置とする。基準の相対位置では、測色部10の被測定面101Aからの高さが基準の高さh0であり、投光部20と受光部30との第2の方向Yの間隔は基準の間隔w0であり、被測定面101Aの法線に対する受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度が基準の角度であり、被測定面101Aの法線に対する投光部20の照射角度(光束の中心軸の角度)が基準の角度θ0である。このような基準の相対位置では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101A上で一致する。すなわち、投光部20、受光部30、および基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101Aを基準の相対位置に配置させた場合、測色データの明度が最も高くなる。このような投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101とが基準の位置に配置された基準の相対位置の情報は、記憶部212に記憶されている。 In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 39, when a recording sheet 100A having a reference thickness is used, the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 can appropriately measure the color of the reference recording sheet 100A. And the relative position of the measured surface 101A is set as the reference relative position. At the reference relative position, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101A is the reference height h0, and the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 in the second direction Y is the reference distance w0. The angle of the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 with respect to the normal of the measured surface 101A is a reference angle, and the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal of the measured surface 101A (of the light beam). The angle of the central axis) is the reference angle θ0. At such a reference relative position, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A as a reference. That is, when the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101A of the reference recording sheet 100A are arranged at the relative positions of the reference, the brightness of the color measurement data becomes the highest. Information on the relative position of the reference in which the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 are arranged at the reference position is stored in the storage unit 212.

本実施形態では、基準相対位置(以下、単に基準位置とも言う)を第2測色位置(第2の相対位置)として設定している。つまり、第2の相対位置での被測定面101Aの法線に対する投光部20の照射角度(光束の中心軸の角度)θ2が、基準の角度θ0と等しい場合について説明する。このような第2の相対位置(基準位置)で基準となる記録シート100Aとは厚さの異なる記録シート100の被測定面101を測色すると、基準となる記録シート100Aの厚みに対する記録シート100の厚さの差の分だけ、基準の高さh0に対して測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さに差が生じてしまい、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上でずれてしまう。 In the present embodiment, the reference relative position (hereinafter, also simply referred to as the reference position) is set as the second color measurement position (second relative position). That is, a case where the irradiation angle (angle of the central axis of the light beam) θ2 of the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured 101A at the second relative position is equal to the reference angle θ0 will be described. When the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 having a thickness different from that of the reference recording sheet 100A at such a second relative position (reference position) is measured, the recording sheet 100 with respect to the thickness of the reference recording sheet 100A is measured. Due to the difference in thickness, there is a difference in the height of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 with respect to the reference height h0, and the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 The central axis of the light receiving unit 30 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are displaced on the measured surface 101.

例えば、図40に示すように、記録シート100の厚さが基準となる記録シート100Aの厚さよりも厚い場合、第2測色位置(基準位置)では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で異なる位置となってしまう。また、図41に示すように、記録シート100の厚さが基準となる記録シート100Aの厚さよりも薄い場合も同様に、第2測色位置(基準位置)では、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で異なる位置となってしまう。 For example, as shown in FIG. 40, when the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is thicker than the thickness of the reference recording sheet 100A, the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 at the second color measurement position (reference position). And the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are at different positions on the measured surface 101. Further, as shown in FIG. 41, when the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is thinner than the thickness of the reference recording sheet 100A, similarly, at the second color measurement position (reference position), the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 is emitted. The central axis of the light receiving unit 30 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are located at different positions on the surface to be measured 101.

本実施形態では、変更部制御部302が変更部40を制御して、被測定面101の法線に対する投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸(投光部20の照射角度)を変更しながら、測色部制御部300が測色部10を制御して測色を行う。測色部10の測定結果から測色処理部301によって表色系で数値化して測色データを生成して、測色データは反射位置データと関連付けられて記憶部212に記憶される。本実施形態では、被測定面101の法線に対する投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸の角度(投光部20の照射角度)が反射位置データである。次に、複数の測色データから明度判定部303が最も高い明度と判定された測色データに関連付けた反射位置データを特定する。例えば、図40に示す記録シート100の厚さが基準となる記録シート100Aの厚さよりも厚い場合には、図42に示すように、投光部20の照射角度θ2より大きい照射角度θ1で、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが、被測定面101上で一致し、受光部30は最も強い光を受光することができる。従って、第1測色位置である投光部20の照射角度θ1を最も高い明度となる反射位置データとして特定する。 In the present embodiment, the changing unit control unit 302 controls the changing unit 40 to change the central axis (irradiation angle of the light emitting unit 20) of the light beam emitted from the light emitting unit 20 with respect to the normal line of the measured surface 101. At the same time, the color measuring unit control unit 300 controls the color measuring unit 10 to perform color measurement. The color measurement processing unit 301 digitizes the measurement result of the color measurement unit 10 in a color system to generate color measurement data, and the color measurement data is associated with the reflection position data and stored in the storage unit 212. In the present embodiment, the angle of the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured 101 (the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20) is the reflection position data. Next, the brightness determination unit 303 identifies the reflection position data associated with the color measurement data determined to have the highest brightness from the plurality of color measurement data. For example, when the thickness of the recording sheet 100 shown in FIG. 40 is thicker than the thickness of the reference recording sheet 100A, as shown in FIG. 42, the irradiation angle θ1 is larger than the irradiation angle θ2 of the light projecting unit 20. The central axis of the light beam from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101, and the light receiving unit 30 can receive the strongest light. Therefore, the irradiation angle θ1 of the light projecting unit 20, which is the first color measurement position, is specified as the reflection position data having the highest brightness.

次に、ステップS42では、基準位置である投光部20の照射角度θ2と、ステップS41で最も高い明度と判定された測色データに関連づけられた反射位置データである第1測色位置における投光部20の照射角度θ1との差α(θ2−θ1)から、測色部10の被測定面101Aからの第3の方向Zの基準高さh0と、第1測色位置における測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さh5との差α′を算出する。例えば、基準位置における投光部20の照射角度θ2と第1測色位置における投光部20の照射角度θ1との差αと、測色部10の被測定面101Aからの基準高さh0と第1測色位置における測色部10の被測定面101からの高さh5との差α′と、を関連付けた変換テーブルを用意し、変換テーブルに基づいて投光部20の照射角度θ1、θ2の差αから、第3の方向Zにおける測色部10の基準高さh0と第1測色位置の高さh5との差α′を取得する。 Next, in step S42, the irradiation angle θ2 of the light projecting unit 20 which is the reference position and the projection at the first color measurement position which is the reflection position data associated with the color measurement data determined to have the highest brightness in step S41. From the difference α (θ2-θ1) from the irradiation angle θ1 of the light unit 20, the reference height h0 in the third direction Z from the measured surface 101A of the color measurement unit 10 and the color measurement unit at the first color measurement position. The difference α'from the height h5 in the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of 10 is calculated. For example, the difference α between the irradiation angle θ2 of the light projecting unit 20 at the reference position and the irradiation angle θ1 of the light projecting unit 20 at the first color measurement position, and the reference height h0 of the color measurement unit 10 from the measured surface 101A. A conversion table is prepared in which the difference α'from the height h5 of the color measurement unit 10 from the measured surface 101 at the first color measurement position is associated with the conversion table, and the irradiation angle θ1 of the light projecting unit 20 is based on the conversion table. From the difference α of θ2, the difference α ′ between the reference height h0 of the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z and the height h5 of the first color measuring position is acquired.

次に、ステップS43では、測色部10を第1測色位置の被測定面101からの高さh5から、差α′だけ第3の方向Zに移動して、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さを基準高さh0と同じ高さとする。また同時に、投光部20の照射角度をθ1から基準位置と同じ照射角度θ2に移動させて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置として設定する。これにより、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置では、測色部10の記録シート100からの高さを基準高さh0と同じ高さとして、且つ投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを被測定面101上で一致させ、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて記録シート100を精度よく測色することができる。 Next, in step S43, the color measuring unit 10 is moved from the height h5 from the measured surface 101 at the first color measuring position to the third direction Z by the difference α', and the color measuring unit 10 is measured. The height from the surface 101 is the same as the reference height h0. At the same time, the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is moved from θ1 to the same irradiation angle θ2 as the reference position, and is set as a color measurement position for generating color conversion information. As a result, at the color measurement position for generating color conversion information, the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the recording sheet 100 is set to be the same as the reference height h0, and the central axis of the light flux from the light projection unit 20. And the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 are aligned on the measured surface 101, and the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30 and the measured surface 101 are arranged at a reference position for recording. The color of the sheet 100 can be measured accurately.

次に、ステップS44で、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置でパッチの測色を実行する。このとき、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置では、測色部10の記録シート100からの高さを基準高さh0と同じ高さとして、且つ投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とを被測定面101上で一致させることができるため、測色を実行する際に、測色部10の記録シート100からの第3の方向Zの高さにばらつきが生じるのを抑制して、明度にばらつきが生じるのを抑制することができる。したがって、常に投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて、記録シート100の高精度な測色を行うことができる。なお、パッチは、記録ヘッド1から吐出されたインク滴を被測定面101上に着弾させる、いわゆる印刷を行うことで形成することができる。 Next, in step S44, the color measurement of the patch is executed at the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information. At this time, in the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information, the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the recording sheet 100 is set to the same height as the reference height h0, and the central axis of the light flux from the light projection unit 20. Since the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 can be aligned with the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 on the surface to be measured 101, a third direction of the color measuring unit 10 from the recording sheet 100 when performing color measurement is performed. It is possible to suppress the variation in the height of Z and suppress the variation in the brightness. Therefore, the relative positions of the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 are always arranged at the reference positions, and the recording sheet 100 can be measured with high accuracy. The patch can be formed by performing so-called printing in which ink droplets ejected from the recording head 1 land on the surface to be measured 101.

そして、ステップS45で、パッチの測色結果から色変換情報を生成する。その後は、色変換情報に基づいて印刷を実行する。 Then, in step S45, color conversion information is generated from the color measurement result of the patch. After that, printing is executed based on the color conversion information.

なお、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)では、図42に示すように、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101上で一致した場合を例示したが、特にこれに限定されず、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)において、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致していない場合も本実施形態に含まれる。すなわち、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)における投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との被測定面101上での距離が、第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)での距離に比べて短ければよい。つまり、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との被測定面101上での距離が近づくほど明度がより高くなるため、第2測色位置に比べて明度判定値が高い第1測色位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように設定された測色位置で測色を行うことで、第2測色位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように設定された測色位置で測色を行う場合に比べて、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置をより基準の位置に近づけて、高精度に測色を行うことができる。 In the present embodiment, in the first relative position (first color measurement position), as shown in FIG. 42, the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30. The case where the optical axis of the light axis coincides with the measured surface 101 is illustrated, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 at the first relative position (first color measurement position). The case where the central axis and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 do not match is also included in the present embodiment. That is, the distance between the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 at the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101. However, it suffices if it is shorter than the distance at the second relative position (second color measurement position). That is, the closer the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101, the higher the brightness. The second color measurement position and reference by performing color measurement at the color measurement position set as described above based on the difference α between the first color measurement position and the reference position, which has a higher brightness judgment value than the color position. Compared to the case where color measurement is performed at the color measurement position set as described above based on the difference α from the position, the relative position between the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 and the measured surface 101 is a more reference position. It is possible to measure colors with high accuracy by approaching.

また、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置(第1測色位置)と第2の相対位置(第2測色位置)との2箇所(n=2)で測色するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、3箇所以上の異なる相対位置で測色を行うようにしてもよい。すなわち、投光部20の照射角度の異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行い、最も高い明度を測定した相対位置を第1の相対位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定してもよい。なお、投光部20の照射角度の異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行った場合は、最も高い明度を測定した相対位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することが望ましいが、最も高い明度ではなくてもより高い明度を測定した相対位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することもできる。この場合も、より低い明度を測定した相対位置と基準位置との差αに基づいて上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定した場合よりは、精度よく測色することができる。これにより、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との被測定面101上での距離ができるだけ短い相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することできるため、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置における投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近くして、高い明度で測色することができ、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the color is measured at two points (n = 2), that is, the first relative position (first color measurement position) and the second relative position (second color measurement position). Not particularly limited to this, color measurement may be performed at three or more different relative positions. That is, the color is measured at a plurality of relative positions having different irradiation angles of the light projecting unit 20, and the relative position where the highest brightness is measured is the color as described above based on the difference α between the first relative position and the reference position. The color measurement position for generating the conversion information may be set. When color measurement is performed at a plurality of relative positions having different irradiation angles of the light projecting unit 20, color conversion information is obtained as described above based on the difference α between the relative position where the highest brightness is measured and the reference position. It is desirable to set the color measurement position for generation, but the color conversion information is generated as described above based on the difference α between the relative position where the higher brightness is measured and the reference position, even if it is not the highest brightness. It is also possible to set the color measurement position for this. In this case as well, color measurement should be performed more accurately than when the color measurement position for generating color conversion information is set as described above based on the difference α between the relative position where the lower brightness is measured and the reference position. Can be done. As a result, the difference between the relative position and the reference position where the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101 is as short as possible. Since the color measurement position for generating color conversion information can be set based on the above, the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 at the color measurement position for generating color conversion information can be set. It is possible to measure the color with high brightness by making it as close as possible to the reference position, and it is possible to improve the color measurement accuracy.

また、3箇所以上の投光部20の照射角度の異なる相対位置で測色した明度判定値に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置の設定を行うことによって、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置において投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近づけることができるため、より高い明度で高精度な測色を行うことができる。従って、より高い精度で被測定面101の測色を行うには、投光部20の照射角度が異なるできるだけ多くの相対位置で測色を行うのが好ましい。ただし、投光部20の照射角度の異なる相対位置での測色を増やすことで、測色回数が増え、測色に時間がかかってしまう。したがって、事前に実験結果等に基づいて精度よく測色した場合の明度が分かっている場合には、それに基づいて閾値を設定し、投光部20の照射角度の異なる複数の相対位置で測色を行い、所定の明度(閾値)よりも高い明度を測定した相対位置(第1の相対位置に基づいて、上述のように色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定してもよい。これにより、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との被測定面101上での距離が所定の範囲内である相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することできるため、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置における投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近くして、測色精度を高めることができると共に投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致するまで測色する必要がなく、測色回数を減らすことができ、測色に必要な時間を短縮することができる。 Further, the color conversion information is generated by setting the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information based on the brightness determination value measured at the relative positions where the irradiation angles of the three or more light projecting units 20 are different. Since the relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 can be as close as possible to the reference position at the color measurement position, it is possible to perform highly accurate color measurement with higher brightness. .. Therefore, in order to measure the color of the surface to be measured 101 with higher accuracy, it is preferable to measure the color at as many relative positions as possible with different irradiation angles of the light projecting unit 20. However, by increasing the color measurement at the relative positions where the irradiation angles of the light projecting unit 20 are different, the number of color measurements increases and the color measurement takes time. Therefore, if the brightness when the color is measured accurately based on the experimental results is known in advance, a threshold value is set based on the brightness, and the color is measured at a plurality of relative positions where the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 is different. The color measurement position for generating the color conversion information may be set as described above based on the relative position (the first relative position) in which the brightness higher than the predetermined brightness (threshold) is measured. As a result, the relative position and the reference position where the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101 is within a predetermined range. Since the color measurement position for generating color conversion information can be set based on the difference between the two, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the measured surface 101 at the color measurement position for generating color conversion information. The relative position of the above can be made as close as possible to the reference position to improve the color measurement accuracy, and the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 match. It is not necessary to measure the color until the color is measured, the number of times the color is measured can be reduced, and the time required for the color measurement can be shortened.

なお、上述した例では、基準位置は投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101Aにおいて一致した位置としたため、基準となる投光部20の照射角度に対する最も高い明度を測定した第1相対位置での投光部20の照射角度の差α、又は、照射角度の差αから算出した第3の方向Zにおける基準高さh0と第1測色位置の高さh5との差α′から、測色した記録シート100の厚さ(例えば、基準となる記録シート100Aの厚み+高さの差α′)を算出することもできる。このように測色する記録シート100の厚さを把握することで、記録シート100の厚さを測定するセンサー等が別途不要となって、コストを低減することができると共に、センサーを配置するスペースも不要となって小型化を図ることができる。また、記録シート100の厚さを取得することで、変更部40によって記録シート100と記録ヘッド1との間隔であるペーパーギャップを高精度に制御することができる。したがって、高精度な印刷を実現することができる。 In the above-mentioned example, the reference position is a position where the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A as a reference. Therefore, the third is calculated from the difference α of the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 at the first relative position where the highest brightness with respect to the irradiation angle of the reference light projecting unit 20 is measured, or the difference α of the irradiation angle. From the difference α'between the reference height h0 in the direction Z and the height h5 of the first color measurement position, the thickness of the color-measured recording sheet 100 (for example, the thickness + height difference α of the reference recording sheet 100A). ′) Can also be calculated. By grasping the thickness of the recording sheet 100 to be color-measured in this way, a sensor or the like for measuring the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is not required separately, the cost can be reduced, and the space for arranging the sensors can be reduced. It is also unnecessary and can be miniaturized. Further, by acquiring the thickness of the recording sheet 100, the paper gap, which is the distance between the recording sheet 100 and the recording head 1, can be controlled with high accuracy by the changing unit 40. Therefore, high-precision printing can be realized.

また、本実施形態では、基準位置は、基準となる厚さの記録シート100Aの被測定面101Aにおいて投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致した位置としたため、基準となる厚さの記録シート100Aと同じ厚さの記録シート100を用いた場合には、高さ調整を行うことなく測色することが可能となる。したがって、測色時間を短縮することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the reference position is the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A having a reference thickness. Since the positions coincide with each other, when the recording sheet 100 having the same thickness as the recording sheet 100A having the reference thickness is used, the color can be measured without adjusting the height. Therefore, the color measurement time can be shortened.

さらに、上述した例では、基準位置は、基準となる記録シート100Aの被測定面101Aにおいて、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが一致した位置としたが、特にこれに限定されない。 Further, in the above-mentioned example, the reference position coincides with the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 on the measured surface 101A of the recording sheet 100A as a reference. However, the position is not limited to this.

例えば、基準位置は、投光部20からの光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが支持部材8の支持面8a上において一致した位置としてもよい。これによっても、第3の方向Zにおける基準高さh0と第1測色位置の高さh5との差α′から記録シート100の厚さを算出することも可能である。 For example, the reference position may be a position where the central axis of the light flux from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the support surface 8a of the support member 8. This also makes it possible to calculate the thickness of the recording sheet 100 from the difference α ′ between the reference height h0 in the third direction Z and the height h5 of the first color measurement position.

また、例えば、基準位置は、任意の位置であってもよい。上述したように任意の基準位置における投光部20の照射角度と最も高い明度を測定した相対位置(第1相対位置)における投光部20の照射角度との差αを求め、この照射角度の差αから第3の方向Zにおける任意の基準位置における測色部10の被測定面101からの高さと最も高い明度を測定した相対位置での測色部10の被測定面101からの高さh5との差α′を算出して、測色部10を差α′に任意の基準位置における測色部10の高さと基準高さh0との差を加算した距離だけ第3の方向Zに移動し、移動した状態で測色を行うようにすれば、基準高さh0と常に同じ高さh0で測色を行うことができる。したがって、記録シート100の厚さのばらつきによって色変換情報を生成するための測色位置での測色部10の被測定面101からの高さにばらつきが生じるのを抑制することができ、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置に配置させて高精度な測色を行うことができる。 Further, for example, the reference position may be any position. As described above, the difference α between the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 at an arbitrary reference position and the irradiation angle of the light projecting unit 20 at the relative position (first relative position) where the highest brightness is measured is obtained, and the irradiation angle of this irradiation angle is calculated. The height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 at an arbitrary reference position in the third direction Z from the difference α and the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 at the relative position where the highest brightness is measured. The difference α'from h5 is calculated, and the color measuring unit 10 is moved to the third direction Z by the distance obtained by adding the difference between the height of the color measuring unit 10 at an arbitrary reference position and the reference height h0 to the difference α'. By moving and performing color measurement in the moved state, color measurement can always be performed at the same height h0 as the reference height h0. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the variation in the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 at the color measuring position for generating the color conversion information due to the variation in the thickness of the recording sheet 100, and it is possible to suppress the variation. Highly accurate color measurement can be performed by arranging the relative positions of the light unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 at reference positions.

さらに、上述した例では、基準位置として、第2の相対位置である第2測色位置としたが、特にこれに限定されず、基準位置と第2の相対位置とは異なる位置であってもよい。 Further, in the above-mentioned example, the reference position is the second color measurement position, which is the second relative position, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the reference position and the second relative position may be different. good.

以上説明したように、本実施形態では、媒体である記録シート100に液体であるインクを噴射する液体噴射ヘッドの一例である記録ヘッド1と、記録シート100の被測定面101に光を照射する投光部20と、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射された光を受光する受光部30とを備え、記録シート100の被測定面101を測色する測色部10と、を備える液体噴射装置の駆動方法であって、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置に設定し、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射した光を受光部30で受光し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色し、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置に設定し、投光部20から照射され記録シート100の被測定面101で反射した光を受光部30で受光し、記録シート100の被測定面101の明度を示す第2の測色値を測色し、第1の測色値の明度が第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、第1の相対位置と予め設定された基準相対位置との差に基づいて投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100との相対位置を測色位置に設定し、測色位置で測色した記録シート100の色又は記録シート100上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換する。このように、第1の相対位置における第1の測色値が第2の相対位置における第2の測色値よりも明度が高い場合に、第1の相対位置と基準相対位置との差に基づいて、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート(媒体)100の被測定面101とを基準相対位置と同じ測色条件となる測色位置に設定して測色を行う。このため、記録シート100の厚さにばらつきが生じても、測色位置では測色条件、特に、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さを常に同じ条件として測色することができるため、高精度な測色を行うことができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the recording head 1 which is an example of the liquid injection head for injecting liquid ink onto the recording sheet 100 which is a medium and the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 are irradiated with light. A color measurement unit 20 includes a light projecting unit 20 and a light receiving unit 30 that receives light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100, and measures the color of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100. In a method of driving a liquid injection device including the unit 10, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set to the first relative positions, and the light emitting unit 20 irradiates the recording sheet 100. The light reflected by the surface to be measured 101 is received by the light receiving unit 30, the first color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured, and the light projecting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 are measured. And the recording sheet 100 are set to a second relative position different from the first relative position, and the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and reflected by the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is received by the light receiving unit 30. When the lightness of the second colorimetric value indicating the lightness of the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 is measured and the lightness of the first colorimetric value is higher than the lightness of the second colorimetric value, the first color is measured. The recording sheet 100 in which the relative positions of the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100 are set as the color measurement positions based on the difference between the relative positions and the preset reference relative positions, and the colors are measured at the color measurement positions. The print data is color-converted by the color conversion information based on the color of the light or the color measurement value of the patch printed on the recording sheet 100. Thus, when the first colorimetric value at the first relative position has a higher brightness than the second colorimetric value at the second relative position, the difference between the first relative position and the reference relative position Based on this, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 of the recording sheet (medium) 100 are set to color measurement positions that have the same color measurement conditions as the reference relative positions, and color measurement is performed. Therefore, even if the thickness of the recording sheet 100 varies, the color measurement condition, particularly the height of the color measurement unit 10 from the measured surface 101, can always be measured under the same condition at the color measurement position. Therefore, highly accurate color measurement can be performed.

また、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置との少なくとも2つの相対位置で測色を行えば良いため、測色時間を短縮することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the color measurement may be performed at at least two relative positions of the first relative position and the second relative position, the color measurement time can be shortened.

また、本実施形態では、第1の相対位置と第2の相対位置とは、被測定面101の法線である第3の方向Zに対する投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸の角度が異なることが好ましい。これにより、記録シート100の被測定面101における反射光の反射位置を変更して、高精度な測色を行うことができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, the first relative position and the second relative position are angles of the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the third direction Z which is the normal line of the measured surface 101. Is preferably different. As a result, the reflected position of the reflected light on the measured surface 101 of the recording sheet 100 can be changed to perform highly accurate color measurement.

また、本実施形態では、第1の測色値の明度が第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、第1の相対位置での被測定面101の法線に対する投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸の角度と予め設定される基準相対位置での被測定面101の法線に対する投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸の角度との差から算出された距離だけ、測色部10を被測定面101の法線方向である第3の方向Zに移動させることが好ましい。これによれば、記録シート100の厚さにばらつきが生じても、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さを常に同じ条件として測色することができるため、高精度な測色を行うことができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, when the brightness of the first colorimetric value is higher than the brightness of the second colorimetric value, the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal of the measured surface 101 at the first relative position. Distance calculated from the difference between the angle of the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from and the angle of the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal of the measured surface 101 at the preset reference relative position. However, it is preferable to move the color measuring unit 10 in the third direction Z, which is the normal direction of the surface to be measured 101. According to this, even if the thickness of the recording sheet 100 varies, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 can always be measured under the same conditions, so that highly accurate color measurement can be performed. It can be carried out.

また、第1の相対位置は、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100との複数の相対位置のうち、より高い明度を測定した相対位置であることが好ましい。これによれば、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離ができるだけ短い相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することできるため、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置における投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近くして、高い明度で測色することができ、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, the first relative position is preferably the relative position in which the higher brightness is measured among the plurality of relative positions of the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100. According to this, the color conversion information is based on the difference between the relative position and the reference position where the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is as short as possible. Since it is possible to set the color measurement position for generating the It is possible to measure colors with high brightness by bringing them closer, and it is possible to improve the color measurement accuracy.

また、第1の相対位置は、投光部20と受光部30と記録シート100との複数の相対位置のうち、最高明度を測定した相対位置であることが好ましい。これによれば、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸との距離ができるだけ短い相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて色変換情報を生成するための測色位置を設定することできるため、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置における投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101との相対位置を基準の位置にできるだけ近くして、高い明度で測色することができ、測色精度を高めることができる。 Further, the first relative position is preferably the relative position where the highest brightness is measured among the plurality of relative positions of the light emitting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the recording sheet 100. According to this, the color conversion information is based on the difference between the relative position and the reference position where the distance between the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is as short as possible. Since it is possible to set the color measurement position for generating the It is possible to measure colors with high brightness by bringing them closer, and it is possible to improve the color measurement accuracy.

(他の実施形態)
以上、本発明の各実施形態を説明したが、本発明の基本的な構成は上述したものに限定されるものではない。
(Other embodiments)
Although each embodiment of the present invention has been described above, the basic configuration of the present invention is not limited to the above.

例えば、上述した各実施形態では、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸を第3の方向Z(被測定面101の法線方向)に対して45度に傾けるようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、例えば、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸を第3の方向Z(被測定面101の法線方向)に沿った方向とし、受光部30の受光角度(受光用光学系31の光軸)を第3の方向Z(被測定面101の法線方向)に対して投光部20に向かって45度に傾斜させてもよい。この場合であっても、投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光が被測定面101で拡散反射した反射光を受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸に一致させることで明度を高くして、測定精度を向上することができる。 For example, in each of the above-described embodiments, the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is tilted at 45 degrees with respect to the third direction Z (normal direction of the surface to be measured 101). Not limited to this, for example, the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is set along the third direction Z (normal direction of the surface to be measured 101), and the light receiving angle (light receiving light) of the light receiving unit 30 is set. The optical axis of the optical system 31) may be tilted at 45 degrees toward the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the third direction Z (normal direction of the surface to be measured 101). Even in this case, the light corresponding to the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is diffusely reflected by the surface to be measured 101, and the reflected light is aligned with the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30. This makes it possible to increase the brightness and improve the measurement accuracy.

また、上述したインクジェット式記録装置Iでは、記録ヘッド1がキャリッジ3に搭載されて第2の方向Yに移動するものを例示したが、特にこれに限定されず、例えば、記録ヘッド1が装置本体4に固定されて、紙等の記録シート100を第1の方向Xに移動させるだけで印刷を行う、所謂ライン式記録装置にも本発明を適用することができる。ただし、ライン式記録装置に測色部10を設ける際には、測色部10を第2の方向Yに移動可能に設けられた測色部用のキャリッジに搭載すればよい。 Further, in the above-mentioned inkjet recording device I, an example is described in which the recording head 1 is mounted on the carriage 3 and moves in the second direction Y, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and for example, the recording head 1 is the device main body. The present invention can also be applied to a so-called line-type recording device, which is fixed to 4 and prints only by moving a recording sheet 100 such as paper in the first direction X. However, when the color measuring unit 10 is provided in the line type recording device, the color measuring unit 10 may be mounted on the carriage for the color measuring unit provided so as to be movable in the second direction Y.

また、上述した各実施形態では、測色部10をキャリッジ3に搭載して第2の方向Yに移動するようにしたが、特にこれに限定されず、例えば、複数の測色部10を測色するパッチ毎に第2の方向Yに並設すれば、測色部10が第2の方向Yに移動しなくてもよい。また、受光部30の受光素子32を第2の方向Yに並設してもよい。 Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, the color measuring unit 10 is mounted on the carriage 3 so as to move in the second direction Y, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and for example, a plurality of color measuring units 10 are measured. If the patches to be colored are arranged side by side in the second direction Y, the color measuring unit 10 does not have to move in the second direction Y. Further, the light receiving elements 32 of the light receiving unit 30 may be arranged side by side in the second direction Y.

また、例えば、記録シート100として、透明な材料を用いた場合には、被測定面101には、インク滴を着弾させた部分を用いて反射させればよい。すなわち、透明な材料は光を透過してしまうため、インク滴を着弾させた部分で反射させないと、支持部材8の表面で反射してしまうからである。なお、本発明において、被測定面101を測色するとは記録シート100の表面を直接測色する場合と、被測定面101上に印刷されたインク滴(パッチ)を測色する場合とが含まれる。 Further, for example, when a transparent material is used as the recording sheet 100, the surface 101 to be measured may be reflected by using the portion on which the ink droplet is landed. That is, since the transparent material transmits light, it will be reflected on the surface of the support member 8 unless it is reflected at the portion where the ink droplet is landed. In the present invention, measuring the color of the surface to be measured 101 includes the case of directly measuring the surface of the recording sheet 100 and the case of measuring the color of ink droplets (patches) printed on the surface to be measured 101. Is done.

また、上述した実施形態5及び6のように、測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さを変更して測色すると、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さの変動に伴って投光部20から照射された光の記録シート100上の照度が変動するため、記録シート100上で投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸の位置が受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の位置から離れている相対位置で測定される明度の値が、記録シート100上で投光部20から照射された光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが略一致している相対位置で測定される明度の値以上となる場合がある。しかしながら、実施形態7及び実施形態8では、測色部10の記録シート100からの第3の方向Zの高さを変えることなく第1測色位置と第2測色位置とで測色を行うため、第1測色位置と第2測色位置とで測色部10の被測定面101からの高さが変動することにより投光部20から照射された光束の記録シート100(支持面8a)上での照度が変動するのを抑制することができる。したがって、実施形態7及び実施形態8においては、実施形態5及び6に比べて高い精度で測色位置や基準位置となる相対位置を特定でき、色変換情報を生成するための測色位置の設定や記録シート100の厚さを検出することができる。 Further, when the height of the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 is changed and the color is measured as in the above-described embodiments 5 and 6, the measured surface 101 of the color measuring unit 10 is used. Since the optics on the recording sheet 100 of the light emitted from the light projecting unit 20 fluctuate as the height of the light is changed, the position of the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light emitting unit 20 on the recording sheet 100 receives light. The value of the brightness measured at a relative position away from the position of the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the unit 30 is the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 on the recording sheet 100 and the light receiving unit 30. It may be greater than or equal to the value of brightness measured at a relative position where the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 substantially coincides. However, in the seventh and eighth embodiments, color measurement is performed at the first color measurement position and the second color measurement position without changing the height of the third direction Z from the recording sheet 100 of the color measurement unit 10. Therefore, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 fluctuates between the first color measuring position and the second color measuring position, so that the recording sheet 100 (support surface 8a) of the light beam emitted from the light projecting unit 20 is emitted. ) It is possible to suppress fluctuations in the illuminance above. Therefore, in the seventh and eighth embodiments, the color measurement position and the relative position serving as the reference position can be specified with higher accuracy than those of the fifth and sixth embodiments, and the color measurement position for generating the color conversion information is set. And the thickness of the recording sheet 100 can be detected.

また、上述した実施形態5及び6では、測色部10の被測定面101からの第3の方向Zの高さを変更して明度の高い測色データを測定した相対位置をそのまま色変換情報を生成するための測色位置としたり基準位置と当該相対値との差をそのまま記録シート100の厚さとして検出したりするだけであるため、実施形態7及び8のように、明度の高い測色データを測定した相対位置と基準位置との差に基づいて、投光部20と受光部30と被測定面101とを色変換情報を生成するための測色位置に移動させたり、当該相対位置と基準位置との差から記録シート100の厚さを換算するのに比べて簡易な構造及び簡便な手法で測色や記録シート100の厚さを検出し、測色部10の被測定面101からの高さばらつきによる色変換情報を生成するための測色の精度低下を抑制して、測色精度を向上することができる。 Further, in the above-described embodiments 5 and 6, the relative position where the high-brightness color measurement data is measured by changing the height of the third direction Z from the measured surface 101 of the color measurement unit 10 is used as the color conversion information. As the thickness of the recording sheet 100 is detected as it is, the difference between the reference position and the relative value is only detected as the color measurement position for generating the above. Based on the difference between the relative position where the color data is measured and the reference position, the light projecting unit 20, the light receiving unit 30, and the surface to be measured 101 are moved to the color measurement position for generating color conversion information, or the relative position. Compared to converting the thickness of the recording sheet 100 from the difference between the position and the reference position, the color measurement and the thickness of the recording sheet 100 are detected by a simple structure and a simple method, and the surface to be measured of the color measuring unit 10 is measured. It is possible to improve the color measurement accuracy by suppressing the deterioration of the color measurement accuracy for generating the color conversion information due to the height variation from 101.

また、上記実施形態において、被測定面101上で測色部10の被測定面101(支持面8a)からの高さが基準の高さであり、投光部20と受光部30との間隔が基準の間隔であり、被測定面101(支持面8a)の法線に対する投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸及び受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸の角度が基準の角度であり、投光部20から照射される光束の中心軸と受光部30の受光用光学系31の光軸とが被測定面101(支持面8a)上で一致する基準の相対位置は、JIS,ASTM,ISO及びCIEでの測色に関する規定を満たす配置位置とすることが出来る。 Further, in the above embodiment, the height of the color measuring unit 10 from the measured surface 101 (support surface 8a) on the measured surface 101 is the reference height, and the distance between the light emitting unit 20 and the light receiving unit 30 is the reference height. Is the reference interval, and the angle of the central axis of the luminous flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 with respect to the normal line of the measured surface 101 (support surface 8a) and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 is the reference. The relative position of the reference, which is an angle and the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting unit 20 and the optical axis of the light receiving optical system 31 of the light receiving unit 30 coincide with each other on the measured surface 101 (support surface 8a), is The arrangement position can satisfy the regulations regarding color measurement in JIS, ASTM, ISO and CIE.

さらに、本発明は、広く液体噴射ヘッドを有する液体噴射装置を対象としたものであり、例えば、プリンター等の画像記録装置に用いられる各種のインクジェット式記録ヘッド等の記録ヘッド、液晶ディスプレイ等のカラーフィルターの製造に用いられる色材噴射ヘッド、有機ELディスプレイ、FED(電界放出ディスプレイ)等の電極形成に用いられる電極材料噴射ヘッド、バイオchip製造に用いられる生体有機物噴射ヘッド等を用いた液体噴射装置にも用いることが可能である。 Further, the present invention is intended for a liquid injection device having a wide range of liquid injection heads, for example, a recording head such as various inkjet recording heads used in an image recording device such as a printer, and a color of a liquid crystal display or the like. Liquid injection device using color material injection head used for manufacturing filters, organic EL display, electrode material injection head used for electrode formation such as FED (field emission display), bioorganic material injection head used for biochip manufacturing, etc. It can also be used for.

I…インクジェット式記録装置(液体噴射装置)、1…インクジェット式記録ヘッド(液体噴射ヘッド)、2…インクカートリッジ、3…キャリッジ、4…装置本体、5…キャリッジ軸、5a…伝達歯車列、5b…回転軸部、5c…伝達歯車、5d…シフトカム、5e…カムフォロワ、6…駆動モーター、7…タイミングベルト、8…支持部材、8a…支持面、9a…第1搬送手段、9b…第2搬送手段、10…測色部、20…投光部、21…光源、22…光源用光学系、30…受光部、31…受光用光学系、32…受光素子、40…変更部、41、41A…投光部保持部、42、42A…投光部駆動部、100…記録シート(媒体)、101…被測定面、200…制御装置、210…制御部、211…制御処理部、212…記憶部、213…駆動信号生成部、220…印刷機構、221…機構、222…キャリッジ機構、230…測色機構、250…外部装置、300…測色部制御部、301…測色処理部、302…変更部制御部、303…明度判定部、304…測色位置設定部、305…基準位置取得部、306…媒体厚算出部 I ... Inkjet recording device (liquid injection device), 1 ... Inkjet recording head (liquid injection head), 2 ... Ink cartridge, 3 ... Carriage, 4 ... Device body, 5 ... Carriage shaft, 5a ... Transmission gear train, 5b ... Rotating shaft, 5c ... Transmission gear, 5d ... Shift cam, 5e ... Cam follower, 6 ... Drive motor, 7 ... Timing belt, 8 ... Support member, 8a ... Support surface, 9a ... First transport means, 9b ... Second transport Means, 10 ... color measuring unit, 20 ... light projecting unit, 21 ... light source, 22 ... light source optical system, 30 ... light receiving unit, 31 ... light receiving optical system, 32 ... light receiving element, 40 ... changing unit, 41, 41A ... Light source holding unit, 42, 42A ... Light source driving unit, 100 ... Recording sheet (medium), 101 ... Surface to be measured, 200 ... Control device, 210 ... Control unit, 211 ... Control processing unit, 212 ... Storage Unit, 213 ... Drive signal generation unit, 220 ... Printing mechanism, 221 ... Mechanism, 222 ... Carriage mechanism, 230 ... Color measurement mechanism, 250 ... External device, 300 ... Color measurement unit control unit, 301 ... Color measurement processing unit, 302 ... Change unit control unit, 303 ... Brightness determination unit, 304 ... Color measurement position setting unit, 305 ... Reference position acquisition unit, 306 ... Medium thickness calculation unit

Claims (19)

媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、
前記媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射された光を前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射させた反射光を受光する受光部と、を有し、前記被測定面の測色を行う測色部と、
前記投光部から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光の前記媒体上の反射位置を変更させる変更部と、
前記変更部において変更された前記反射位置で前記受光部が受光し前記測色部が測色した前記被測定面の測色データのうち明度が最も高い測色データを測色した前記反射位置を測色位置に設定する制御部と、
を具備することを特徴とする液体噴射装置。
A liquid injection head that injects liquid into the medium,
It has a light projecting unit that irradiates the measured surface of the medium with light, and a light receiving unit that receives the reflected light obtained by reflecting the light emitted from the light projecting unit on the measured surface of the medium. A color measuring unit that measures the color of the surface to be measured, and
A changing part that changes the reflection position on the medium of light that coincides with the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light emitting part, and a changing part.
The reflection position obtained by measuring the color measurement data having the highest brightness among the color measurement data of the surface to be measured that the light receiving unit receives light at the reflection position changed in the change unit and the color measurement unit measures the color. The control unit to set the color measurement position and
A liquid injection device comprising.
前記制御部は、前記変更部を制御して前記媒体の前記被測定面とは反対面側を支持する支持部材の表面で反射した光を前記受光部が受光した際の前記測色部が測色した測色データの明度が最も高い位置を基準位置に設定し、前記基準位置と前記測色位置とに基づいて、前記媒体の厚さを取得することを特徴とする請求項1記載の液体噴射装置。 The control unit measures the color measuring unit when the light receiving unit receives the light reflected by the surface of the support member that controls the changing unit and supports the surface of the medium opposite to the surface to be measured. The liquid according to claim 1, wherein a position having the highest brightness of the colored color measurement data is set as a reference position, and the thickness of the medium is acquired based on the reference position and the color measurement position. Injection device. 前記制御部は、前記媒体の厚さと、前記測色部が前記測色位置で測色した前記媒体の前記液体が着弾されていない非着弾領域の測色結果と、に基づいて、前記媒体を特定することを特徴とする請求項2記載の液体噴射装置。 The control unit measures the medium based on the thickness of the medium and the color measurement result of the non-landing region where the liquid of the medium is not landed, which is measured by the color measuring unit at the color measuring position. The liquid injection device according to claim 2, wherein the liquid injection device is specified. 前記変更部は、前記媒体の前記被測定面の法線方向における前記測色部と前記媒体との間隔を変更するものであることを特徴とする請求項1〜3の何れか一項に記載の液体噴射装置。 The aspect according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the changing part changes the distance between the color measuring part and the medium in the normal direction of the surface to be measured of the medium. Liquid injection device. 媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、
前記媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射された光を前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射させた反射光を受光する受光部と、を有し、前記被測定面の測色を行う測色部と、
前記投光部から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光の前記被測定面上の反射位置を変更させる変更部と、
前記変更部において変更された前記反射位置で前記測色部が測色した測色データのうち明度が最も高い測色データを測色した前記反射位置と、予め設定された基準の位置との差に基づいて測色位置を設定する制御部と、
を具備することを特徴とする液体噴射装置。
A liquid injection head that injects liquid into the medium,
It has a light projecting unit that irradiates the measured surface of the medium with light, and a light receiving unit that receives the reflected light obtained by reflecting the light emitted from the light projecting unit on the measured surface of the medium. A color measuring unit that measures the color of the surface to be measured, and
A changing part that changes the reflection position of the light corresponding to the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light emitting part on the measured surface, and a changing part.
The difference between the reflection position measured by the color measurement data having the highest brightness among the color measurement data measured by the color measurement unit at the reflection position changed in the change unit and the preset reference position. A control unit that sets the color measurement position based on
A liquid injection device comprising.
前記変更部は、前記被測定面の面方向における前記投光部と前記受光部との間隔を変更する、または前記変更部は、前記被測定面の法線に対する前記投光部の照射角度又は前記受光部の受光角度を変更するものであることを特徴とする請求項5に記載の液体噴射装置。 The changed part changes the distance between the light emitting part and the light receiving part in the surface direction of the measured surface, or the changed part changes the irradiation angle of the light emitting part with respect to the normal of the measured surface or The liquid injection device according to claim 5, wherein the light receiving angle of the light receiving unit is changed. 前記測色部は、前記媒体の搬送方向において、前記液体噴射ヘッドよりも上流側に設けられていることを特徴とする請求項1〜6の何れか一項に記載の液体噴射装置。 The liquid injection device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the color measuring unit is provided on the upstream side of the liquid injection head in the transport direction of the medium. 前記液体噴射ヘッドと、前記測色部とが、前記媒体の搬送方向及び前記被測定面に直交する方向に移動可能に設けられたキャリッジに搭載されていることを特徴とする請求項1〜7の何れか一項に記載の液体噴射装置。 Claims 1 to 7 are characterized in that the liquid injection head and the color measuring unit are mounted on a carriage provided so as to be movable in a transport direction of the medium and a direction orthogonal to the measured surface. The liquid injection device according to any one of the above. 前記制御部は、前記測色部が前記測色位置で測色した前記被測定面の測色値、又は前記被測定面上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換することを特徴とする請求項1〜8の何れか一項に記載の液体噴射装置。 The control unit prints with color conversion information based on the color measurement value of the surface to be measured measured by the color measurement unit at the color measurement position or the color measurement value of the patch printed on the surface to be measured. The liquid injection device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the data is color-converted. 媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射された光を前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射させた反射光を受光する受光部と、を有し、前記被測定面の測色を行う測色部を具備し、
前記投光部から照射された光束の中心軸に一致する光の前記媒体上の反射位置を変更させて前記反射光を前記受光部で受光し前記被測定面を測色し、変更された前記反射位置のうち、前記受光部が受光し前記測色部が測色した前記被測定面の明度が最も高い前記反射位置を測色位置として、前記測色部で測色することを特徴とする測色方法。
It has a light projecting unit that irradiates the surface to be measured of the medium with light, and a light receiving unit that receives the reflected light obtained by reflecting the light emitted from the light projecting unit on the surface to be measured of the medium. Equipped with a color measuring unit that measures the color of the surface to be measured,
The reflected position of the light corresponding to the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting portion on the medium is changed, the reflected light is received by the light receiving portion, the color to be measured is measured, and the modified surface is measured. Among the reflection positions, the reflection position having the highest brightness of the surface to be measured, which is received by the light receiving unit and the color measured by the color measuring unit, is set as the color measuring position, and the color is measured by the color measuring unit. Color measurement method.
媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、
前記媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射された光を受光する受光部とを備え、前記媒体の被測定面を測色する測色部と、
を備える液体噴射装置の駆動方法であって、
前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを第1の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色し、
前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す第2の測色値を測色し、
前記第1の測色値の明度が前記第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第1の相対位置を測色位置に設定し、
前記測色位置で測色した前記媒体の色又は前記媒体上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換することを特徴とする液体噴射装置の駆動方法。
A liquid injection head that injects liquid into the medium,
The surface to be measured of the medium is provided with a light projecting unit that irradiates the surface to be measured of the medium with light and a light receiving unit that receives light that is emitted from the light projecting unit and reflected by the surface of the medium to be measured. The color measuring part that measures the color and
It is a driving method of a liquid injection device provided with
The light emitting section, the light receiving section, and the medium are set to first relative positions, and the light received from the light projecting section and reflected by the measured surface of the medium is received by the light receiving section, and the medium is received. The first color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured is measured, and the color is measured.
The light projecting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium are set to a second relative position different from the first relative position, and the light emitted from the light projecting unit and reflected by the measured surface of the medium is emitted. Light is received by the light receiving unit, and a second color measurement value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured of the medium is measured.
When the brightness of the first color measurement value is higher than the brightness of the second color measurement value, the first relative position is set as the color measurement position.
A method for driving a liquid injection device, characterized in that print data is color-converted by color conversion information based on the color of the medium measured at the color measurement position or the color conversion value of a patch printed on the medium.
前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを、前記第1の相対位置と前記第2の相対位置とを含み前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体との相対位置がそれぞれ異なる3箇所以上の複数の相対位置に設定し、
前記複数の相対位置のそれぞれにおいて、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す測色値を測色することを特徴とする請求項11記載の液体噴射装置の駆動方法。
The light emitting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium are included in the first relative position and the second relative position, and the relative positions of the light emitting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium are different from each other at three locations. Set to the above multiple relative positions,
At each of the plurality of relative positions, the light receiving portion receives the light emitted from the light projecting portion and reflected by the measured surface of the medium, and a color measurement value indicating the brightness of the measured surface of the medium is obtained. The method for driving a liquid injection device according to claim 11, wherein the color is measured.
前記第1の測色値の明度が、前記複数の相対位置で測色された測色値の明度のうち、最高明度であることを特徴とする請求項12記載の液体噴射装置の駆動方法。 The method for driving a liquid injection device according to claim 12, wherein the brightness of the first color measurement value is the highest brightness among the brightness of the color measurement values measured at the plurality of relative positions. 媒体に液体を噴射する液体噴射ヘッドと、
前記媒体の被測定面に光を照射する投光部と、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射された光を受光する受光部とを備え、前記媒体の被測定面を測色する測色部と、
を備える液体噴射装置の駆動方法であって、
前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを第1の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す値を含む第1の測色値を測色し、
前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体とを第1の相対位置とは異なる第2の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記媒体の前記被測定面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記媒体の前記被測定面の明度を示す第2の測色値を測色し、
前記第1の測色値の明度が前記第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第1の相対位置と予め設定された基準相対位置との差に基づいて前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体との相対位置を測色位置に設定し、
前記測色位置で測色した前記媒体の色又は前記媒体上に印刷されたパッチの測色値に基づいた色変換情報によって印刷データを色変換することを特徴とする液体噴射装置の駆動方法。
A liquid injection head that injects liquid into the medium,
The surface to be measured of the medium is provided with a light projecting unit that irradiates the surface to be measured of the medium with light and a light receiving unit that receives light that is emitted from the light projecting unit and reflected by the surface of the medium to be measured. The color measuring part that measures the color and
It is a driving method of a liquid injection device provided with
The light emitting section, the light receiving section, and the medium are set to first relative positions, and the light received from the light projecting section and reflected by the measured surface of the medium is received by the light receiving section, and the medium is received. The first color measurement value including the value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured is measured, and the color is measured.
The light projecting unit, the light receiving unit, and the medium are set to a second relative position different from the first relative position, and the light emitted from the light projecting unit and reflected by the measured surface of the medium is emitted. Light is received by the light receiving unit, and a second color measurement value indicating the brightness of the surface to be measured of the medium is measured.
When the brightness of the first colorimetric value is higher than the brightness of the second colorimetric value, the floodlight unit is based on the difference between the first relative position and the preset reference relative position. And the relative position between the light receiving part and the medium is set as the color measurement position.
A method for driving a liquid injection device, characterized in that print data is color-converted by color conversion information based on the color of the medium measured at the color measurement position or the color conversion value of a patch printed on the medium.
前記第1の相対位置と前記第2の相対位置とは、前記媒体の前記被測定面の法線方向に交差する方向における前記投光部と前記受光部との間隔が異なることを特徴とする請求項14記載の液体噴射装置の駆動方法。 The first relative position and the second relative position are characterized in that the distance between the light emitting portion and the light receiving portion in a direction intersecting the normal direction of the measured surface of the medium is different. The method for driving a liquid injection device according to claim 14. 前記第1の測色値の明度が前記第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第1の相対位置での前記投光部と前記受光部との間隔と前記予め設定される基準相対位置での前記投光部と前記受光部との間隔との差から算出された距離だけ、前記測色部を前記被測定面の法線方向に移動させることを特徴とする請求項15記載の液体噴射装置の駆動方法。 When the brightness of the first colorimetric value is higher than the brightness of the second colorimetric value, the distance between the light projecting unit and the light receiving unit at the first relative position is set in advance. The claim is characterized in that the color measuring unit is moved in the normal direction of the surface to be measured by a distance calculated from the difference between the distance between the light emitting unit and the light receiving unit at a reference relative position. 15. The method for driving a liquid injection device according to 15. 前記第1の相対位置と前記第2の相対位置とは、前記被測定面の法線に対する前記投光部から照射される光束の中心軸の角度が異なることを特徴とする請求項14記載の液体噴射装置の駆動方法。 14. The first relative position and the second relative position are characterized in that the angle of the central axis of the light flux emitted from the light projecting portion with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured is different from that of claim 14. How to drive a liquid injection device. 前記第1の測色値の明度が前記第2の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第1の相対位置での前記被測定面の法線に対する前記投光部から照射される光束の中心軸の角度と前記予め設定される基準相対位置での前記被測定面の法線に対する前記投光部から照射される光束の中心軸の角度との差から算出された距離だけ、前記測色部を前記被測定面の法線方向に移動させることを特徴とする請求項17記載の液体噴射装置の駆動方法。 When the brightness of the first colorimetric value is higher than the brightness of the second colorimetric value, it is irradiated from the light projecting portion with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured at the first relative position. Only the distance calculated from the difference between the angle of the central axis of the light beam and the angle of the central axis of the light beam emitted from the light projecting portion with respect to the normal of the surface to be measured at the preset reference relative position, said. The method for driving a liquid injection device according to claim 17, wherein the color measuring unit is moved in the normal direction of the surface to be measured. 前記投光部と前記受光部と前記媒体の前記被測定面とは反対面側を支持する支持部材とを第3の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記支持部材の前記媒体を支持する支持面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記支持部材の前記支持面の明度を示す値を含む第3の測色値を測色し、
前記投光部と前記受光部と前記支持部材とを前記第3の相対位置とは異なる第4の相対位置に設定し、前記投光部から照射され前記支持部材の前記支持面で反射した光を前記受光部で受光し、前記支持部材の前記支持面の明度を示す第4の測色値を測色し、
前記第3の測色値の明度が前記第4の測色値の明度よりも高い場合には、前記第3の相対位置を基準位置に設定し、
前記測色位置と前記基準位置との差から前記媒体の厚さを検出することを特徴とする請求項11〜18の何れか一項に記載の液体噴射装置の駆動方法。
The light projecting portion, the light receiving portion, and the support member supporting the surface of the medium opposite to the surface to be measured are set at a third relative position, and the medium is irradiated from the light projecting portion and is irradiated from the support member. The light reflected by the support surface supporting the support member is received by the light receiving unit, and a third color measurement value including a value indicating the brightness of the support surface of the support member is measured.
The light projecting portion, the light receiving portion, and the support member are set to a fourth relative position different from the third relative position, and the light emitted from the floodlight portion and reflected by the support surface of the support member. Is received by the light receiving unit, and a fourth color measurement value indicating the brightness of the support surface of the support member is measured.
When the brightness of the third colorimetric value is higher than the brightness of the fourth colorimetric value, the third relative position is set as the reference position.
The method for driving a liquid injection device according to any one of claims 11 to 18, wherein the thickness of the medium is detected from the difference between the color measurement position and the reference position.
JP2017142276A 2016-09-26 2017-07-21 Liquid injection device, color measurement method and drive method of liquid injection device Active JP6977358B2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710846562.1A CN107867065B (en) 2016-09-26 2017-09-19 Liquid ejecting apparatus, color measuring method, and method of driving liquid ejecting apparatus
US15/714,582 US10406819B2 (en) 2016-09-26 2017-09-25 Liquid ejecting apparatus, color measuring method, and driving method for liquid ejecting apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016186763 2016-09-26
JP2016186763 2016-09-26

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2018052107A JP2018052107A (en) 2018-04-05
JP6977358B2 true JP6977358B2 (en) 2021-12-08

Family

ID=61834942

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2017142276A Active JP6977358B2 (en) 2016-09-26 2017-07-21 Liquid injection device, color measurement method and drive method of liquid injection device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6977358B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2024126744A (en) * 2023-03-08 2024-09-20 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Colorimeter

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0650819A (en) * 1992-08-03 1994-02-25 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd Liquid colorimetry and device therefor
JP5850390B2 (en) * 2010-11-26 2016-02-03 株式会社リコー Optical sensor and image forming apparatus
JP5614367B2 (en) * 2011-04-28 2014-10-29 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Multi-angle colorimeter
JP5806577B2 (en) * 2011-10-06 2015-11-10 キヤノン株式会社 Recording apparatus, control method, and measuring apparatus
JP2013150205A (en) * 2012-01-20 2013-08-01 Seiko Epson Corp Printing device manufacturing method, color measuring device, and color measuring method
JP6111730B2 (en) * 2012-03-28 2017-04-12 株式会社リコー Color measuring device, image forming apparatus, color measuring system and color measuring method
JP6107264B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2017-04-05 株式会社リコー Imaging unit, color measuring device, image forming apparatus, color measuring system, and distance measuring method
US9200999B2 (en) * 2013-09-11 2015-12-01 GM Global Technology Operations LLC Method and system for characterizing color variation of a surface
JP2015221509A (en) * 2014-05-22 2015-12-10 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Printer and printing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018052107A (en) 2018-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN107867065B (en) Liquid ejecting apparatus, color measuring method, and method of driving liquid ejecting apparatus
US9804025B2 (en) Spectrometry device and image forming apparatus
US10306110B2 (en) Measuring device and printing apparatus
US9976899B2 (en) Spectroscopic measurement device, image forming apparatus, and spectroscopic measurement method
US20160282182A1 (en) Spectrometry device and image forming apparatus
US10479104B2 (en) Optical module and electronic apparatus
US9998633B2 (en) Color irregularity detecting device, image forming apparatus, and color irregularity detecting method
US9522538B2 (en) Image forming apparatus and dirtiness detection method
US10674042B2 (en) Wavelength variable interference filter and driving method of the wavelength variable interference filter
CN105938015A (en) Spectral photometry device, image forming device and spectral photometry method
US10473527B2 (en) Measuring device and measuring method
JP6977358B2 (en) Liquid injection device, color measurement method and drive method of liquid injection device
JP5311973B2 (en) Printer
US10442228B2 (en) Spectrometry device, image forming apparatus, and spectrometry method
US10308051B2 (en) Measurement device and printing apparatus
US9641727B2 (en) Printing apparatus
JP4888635B2 (en) Image forming device position detection
US11135861B2 (en) Method for manufacturing printing apparatus, and printing apparatus
JP2019142031A (en) Recording device
JP2015203621A (en) Measurement method and print device
JP2017116388A (en) Spectrometry device, printing device, medium, and spectrometry method
JP2017129478A (en) Recording apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
RD03 Notification of appointment of power of attorney

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A7423

Effective date: 20190410

A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20200511

RD07 Notification of extinguishment of power of attorney

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A7427

Effective date: 20200803

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20210224

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20210330

RD04 Notification of resignation of power of attorney

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A7424

Effective date: 20210915

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20211012

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20211025

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6977358

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150